alldeps.mak and depend once again!
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdb.texinfo
CommitLineData
b80282d5 1_dnl__ -*-Texinfo-*-
1041a570 2_dnl__ Copyright (c) 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
29a2b744
RP
3_dnl__ $Id$
4\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
1041a570 5@c Copyright (c) 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
29a2b744 6@c %**start of header
5a131cc7 7@setfilename _GDBP__.info
29a2b744 8_if__(_GENERIC__)
95d5ceb9 9@settitle _GDB__, The GNU Debugger
29a2b744
RP
10_fi__(_GENERIC__)
11_if__(!_GENERIC__)
95d5ceb9 12@settitle _GDB__, The GNU Debugger (_HOST__)
29a2b744
RP
13_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
14@setchapternewpage odd
73e44aaf
RP
15@c @smallbook
16@c @cropmarks
29a2b744
RP
17@c %**end of header
18
19@finalout
20@syncodeindex ky cp
21
22_0__@c ===> NOTE! <==_1__
23@c Determine the edition number in *three* places by hand:
24@c 1. First ifinfo section 2. title page 3. top node
25@c To find the locations, search for !!set
26
27@c The following is for Pesch for his RCS system.
28@c This revision number *not* the same as the Edition number.
29@tex
30\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
31\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
32@end tex
33
d24e0922 34@c GDB CHANGELOG CONSULTED BETWEEN:
29a2b744
RP
35@c Fri Oct 11 23:27:06 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
36@c Sat Dec 22 02:51:40 1990 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint)
37
9c3ad547 38@c THIS MANUAL REQUIRES TEXINFO-2 macros and info-makers to format properly.
29a2b744 39
b7becc8f
RP
40@ifinfo
41@format
42START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
29a2b744 43* Gdb: (gdb). The GNU debugger.
b7becc8f
RP
44END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
45@end format
46@end ifinfo
5a131cc7
RP
47_if__(0)
48
a6d0b6d3
RP
49NOTE: this manual is marked up for preprocessing with a collection
50of m4 macros called "pretex.m4".
51
9bcc06ef
RP
52THIS IS THE SOURCE PRIOR TO PREPROCESSING. The full source needs to
53be run through m4 before either tex- or info- formatting: for example,
08665207 54_0__
3e0d0a27 55 m4 pretex.m4 none.m4 all.m4 gdb.texinfo >gdb-all.texinfo
70b88761 56will produce (assuming your path finds either GNU m4 >= 0.84, or SysV
1041a570 57m4; Berkeley will not do) a file suitable for formatting. See the text in
70b88761 58"pretex.m4" for a fuller explanation (and the macro definitions).
29a2b744 59_1__
e91b87a3 60
9bcc06ef 61_fi__(0)
70b88761 62@c
70b88761
RP
63@ifinfo
64This file documents the GNU debugger _GDBN__.
65
29a2b744 66@c !!set edition, date, version
d24e0922 67This is Edition 4.04, March 1992,
29a2b744
RP
68of @cite{Using GDB: A Guide to the GNU Source-Level Debugger}
69for GDB Version _GDB_VN__.
70
95d5ceb9 71Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
70b88761
RP
72
73Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
74this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
75are preserved on all copies.
76
77@ignore
78Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
79results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
80notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
81(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
82
83@end ignore
84Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
85manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
86section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
87in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
88distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
89one.
90
91Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
92into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
93except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
94included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
95instead of in the original English.
96@end ifinfo
1041a570 97
70b88761 98@titlepage
92b73793 99@title Using _GDBN__
95d5ceb9 100@subtitle The GNU Source-Level Debugger
70b88761 101_if__(!_GENERIC__)
c7cb8acb 102@subtitle on _HOST__ Systems
70b88761
RP
103_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
104@sp 1
29a2b744 105@c !!set edition, date, version
d24e0922
RP
106@subtitle Edition 4.04, for _GDBN__ version _GDB_VN__
107@subtitle March 1992
29a2b744 108@author by Richard M. Stallman and Roland H. Pesch
70b88761
RP
109@page
110@tex
111{\parskip=0pt
112\hfill rms\@ai.mit.edu, pesch\@cygnus.com\par
113\hfill {\it Using _GDBN__}, \manvers\par
114\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
115}
116@end tex
117
118@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1041a570 119Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
70b88761
RP
120
121Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
122this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
123are preserved on all copies.
124
125Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
126manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
127section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
128in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
129distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
130one.
131
132Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
133into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
134except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
135included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
136instead of in the original English.
137@end titlepage
138@page
139
70b88761 140@ifinfo
29a2b744
RP
141@node Top, Summary, (dir), (dir)
142@top _GDBN__, the GNU symbolic debugger
143
144This file describes _GDBN__, the GNU symbolic debugger.
145
146@c !!set edition, date, version
d24e0922 147This is Edition 4.04, March 1992, for GDB Version _GDB_VN__.
70b88761
RP
148@end ifinfo
149
150@menu
b80282d5 151* Summary:: Summary of _GDBN__
c7cb8acb 152* New Features:: New features since GDB version 3.5
95d5ceb9 153* Sample Session:: A sample _GDBN__ session
29a2b744
RP
154* Invocation:: Getting in and out of _GDBN__
155* Commands:: _GDBN__ commands
156* Running:: Running programs under _GDBN__
157* Stopping:: Stopping and continuing
158* Stack:: Examining the stack
159* Source:: Examining source files
160* Data:: Examining data
161* Languages:: Using _GDBN__ with different languages
162* Symbols:: Examining the symbol table
163* Altering:: Altering execution
164* _GDBN__ Files:: _GDBN__'s files
165* Targets:: Specifying a debugging target
c2bbbb22 166* Controlling _GDBN__:: Controlling _GDBN__
29a2b744 167* Sequences:: Canned sequences of commands
b80282d5 168* Emacs:: Using _GDBN__ under GNU Emacs
29a2b744 169* _GDBN__ Bugs:: Reporting bugs in _GDBN__
e251e767 170* Renamed Commands::
c7cb8acb 171* Installing GDB:: Installing GDB
b80282d5
RP
172* Copying:: GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
173* Index:: Index
c2bbbb22 174
70b88761
RP
175 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
176
177Summary of _GDBN__
178
95d5ceb9 179* Free Software:: Freely redistributable software
b80282d5 180* Contributors:: Contributors to _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
181
182Getting In and Out of _GDBN__
183
95d5ceb9
RP
184* Invoking _GDBN__:: How to start _GDBN__
185* Leaving _GDBN__:: How to quit _GDBN__
186* Shell Commands:: How to use shell commands inside _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
187
188Starting _GDBN__
189
b80282d5
RP
190* File Options:: Choosing Files
191* Mode Options:: Choosing Modes
70b88761
RP
192
193_GDBN__ Commands
194
b80282d5
RP
195* Command Syntax:: Command Syntax
196* Help:: Getting Help
70b88761
RP
197
198Running Programs Under _GDBN__
199
b80282d5
RP
200* Compilation:: Compiling for Debugging
201* Starting:: Starting your Program
202* Arguments:: Your Program's Arguments
203* Environment:: Your Program's Environment
204* Working Directory:: Your Program's Working Directory
205* Input/Output:: Your Program's Input and Output
206* Attach:: Debugging an Already-Running Process
207* Kill Process:: Killing the Child Process
d24e0922 208* Process Information:: Additional Process Information
70b88761
RP
209
210Stopping and Continuing
211
b80282d5
RP
212* Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
213* Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming Execution
214* Signals:: Signals
70b88761
RP
215
216Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
217
b80282d5
RP
218* Set Breaks:: Setting Breakpoints
219* Set Watchpoints:: Setting Watchpoints
220* Exception Handling:: Breakpoints and Exceptions
221* Delete Breaks:: Deleting Breakpoints
222* Disabling:: Disabling Breakpoints
223* Conditions:: Break Conditions
224* Break Commands:: Breakpoint Command Lists
225* Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint Menus
c2bbbb22 226* Error in Breakpoints:: ``Cannot insert breakpoints''
70b88761
RP
227
228Examining the Stack
229
b80282d5
RP
230* Frames:: Stack Frames
231* Backtrace:: Backtraces
232* Selection:: Selecting a Frame
233* Frame Info:: Information on a Frame
70b88761
RP
234
235Examining Source Files
236
b80282d5
RP
237* List:: Printing Source Lines
238* Search:: Searching Source Files
239* Source Path:: Specifying Source Directories
240* Machine Code:: Source and Machine Code
70b88761
RP
241
242Examining Data
243
b80282d5
RP
244* Expressions:: Expressions
245* Variables:: Program Variables
246* Arrays:: Artificial Arrays
247* Output formats:: Output formats
248* Memory:: Examining Memory
249* Auto Display:: Automatic Display
250* Print Settings:: Print Settings
251* Value History:: Value History
252* Convenience Vars:: Convenience Variables
253* Registers:: Registers
254* Floating Point Hardware:: Floating Point Hardware
70b88761 255
c2bbbb22
RP
256Using GDB with Different Languages
257
258* Setting:: Switching between source languages
259* Show:: Displaying the language
260* Checks:: Type and Range checks
261* Support:: Supported languages
262
263Switching between source languages
264
265* Manually:: Setting the working language manually
266* Automatically:: Having GDB infer the source language
267
268Type and range Checking
269
270* Type Checking:: An overview of type checking
271* Range Checking:: An overview of range checking
272
273Supported Languages
274
275* C:: C and C++
276* Modula-2:: Modula-2
277
278C and C++
279
280* C Operators:: C and C++ Operators
281* C Constants:: C and C++ Constants
282* Cplusplus expressions:: C++ Expressions
283* C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C++
284* C Checks:: C and C++ Type and Range Checks
285* Debugging C:: _GDBN__ and C
286* Debugging C plus plus:: Special features for C++
287
288Modula-2
289
290* M2 Operators:: Built-in operators
29a2b744 291* Built-In Func/Proc:: Built-in Functions and Procedures
c2bbbb22
RP
292* M2 Constants:: Modula-2 Constants
293* M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2
294* Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2
295* M2 Checks:: Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
296* M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
297* GDB/M2:: GDB and Modula-2
298
70b88761
RP
299Altering Execution
300
b80282d5
RP
301* Assignment:: Assignment to Variables
302* Jumping:: Continuing at a Different Address
29a2b744 303* Signaling:: Giving your program a Signal
b80282d5
RP
304* Returning:: Returning from a Function
305* Calling:: Calling your Program's Functions
c338a2fd 306* Patching:: Patching your Program
70b88761
RP
307
308_GDBN__'s Files
309
b80282d5
RP
310* Files:: Commands to Specify Files
311* Symbol Errors:: Errors Reading Symbol Files
70b88761 312
e251e767 313Specifying a Debugging Target
70b88761 314
b80282d5
RP
315* Active Targets:: Active Targets
316* Target Commands:: Commands for Managing Targets
317* Remote:: Remote Debugging
70b88761
RP
318
319Remote Debugging
320
c2bbbb22
RP
321* i960-Nindy Remote:: _GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)
322* EB29K Remote:: _GDBN__ with a Remote EB29K
323* VxWorks Remote:: _GDBN__ and VxWorks
70b88761
RP
324
325_GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)
326
b80282d5
RP
327* Nindy Startup:: Startup with Nindy
328* Nindy Options:: Options for Nindy
329* Nindy reset:: Nindy Reset Command
70b88761
RP
330
331_GDBN__ with a Remote EB29K
332
b80282d5
RP
333* Comms (EB29K):: Communications Setup
334* gdb-EB29K:: EB29K cross-debugging
335* Remote Log:: Remote Log
70b88761
RP
336
337_GDBN__ and VxWorks
338
b80282d5
RP
339* VxWorks connection:: Connecting to VxWorks
340* VxWorks download:: VxWorks Download
341* VxWorks attach:: Running Tasks
70b88761
RP
342
343Controlling _GDBN__
344
b80282d5
RP
345* Prompt:: Prompt
346* Editing:: Command Editing
347* History:: Command History
348* Screen Size:: Screen Size
349* Numbers:: Numbers
350* Messages/Warnings:: Optional Warnings and Messages
70b88761
RP
351
352Canned Sequences of Commands
353
b80282d5
RP
354* Define:: User-Defined Commands
355* Command Files:: Command Files
356* Output:: Commands for Controlled Output
70b88761
RP
357
358Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
359
b80282d5
RP
360* Bug Criteria:: Have You Found a Bug?
361* Bug Reporting:: How to Report Bugs
c2bbbb22
RP
362
363Installing GDB
364
f672bb7f 365* Separate Objdir:: Compiling _GDBN__ in another directory
c2bbbb22
RP
366* Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets
367* configure Options:: Summary of options for configure
d7b569d5 368* Formatting Documentation:: How to format and print GDB documentation
70b88761
RP
369@end menu
370
371@node Summary, New Features, Top, Top
372@unnumbered Summary of _GDBN__
373
374The purpose of a debugger such as _GDBN__ is to allow you to see what is
375going on ``inside'' another program while it executes---or what another
1041a570 376program was doing at the moment it crashed.
70b88761
RP
377
378_GDBN__ can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of
1041a570 379these) to help you catch bugs in the act:
70b88761
RP
380
381@itemize @bullet
382@item
383Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its behavior.
384
385@item
386Make your program stop on specified conditions.
387
388@item
389Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped.
390
391@item
392Change things in your program, so you can experiment with correcting the
393effects of one bug and go on to learn about another.
394@end itemize
395
c2bbbb22
RP
396You can use _GDBN__ to debug programs written in C, C++, and Modula-2.
397Fortran support will be added when a GNU Fortran compiler is ready.
70b88761
RP
398
399@menu
b80282d5
RP
400* Free Software:: Free Software
401* Contributors:: Contributors to GDB
70b88761
RP
402@end menu
403
404@node Free Software, Contributors, Summary, Summary
405@unnumberedsec Free Software
1041a570
RP
406
407_GDBN__ is @dfn{free software}, protected by the GNU General Public License
408(GPL). The GPL gives you the freedom to copy or adapt a licensed
70b88761
RP
409program---but every person getting a copy also gets with it the
410freedom to modify that copy (which means that they must get access to
411the source code), and the freedom to distribute further copies.
412Typical software companies use copyrights to limit your freedoms; the
413Free Software Foundation uses the GPL to preserve these freedoms.
414
415Fundamentally, the General Public License is a license which says that
29a2b744 416you have these freedoms and that you cannot take these freedoms away
70b88761
RP
417from anyone else.
418
29a2b744 419For full details, @pxref{Copying, ,GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE}.
1041a570 420
70b88761
RP
421@node Contributors, , Free Software, Summary
422@unnumberedsec Contributors to GDB
423
424Richard Stallman was the original author of GDB, and of many other GNU
425programs. Many others have contributed to its development. This
426section attempts to credit major contributors. One of the virtues of
427free software is that everyone is free to contribute to it; with
428regret, we cannot actually acknowledge everyone here. The file
429@file{ChangeLog} in the GDB distribution approximates a blow-by-blow
430account.
431
432Changes much prior to version 2.0 are lost in the mists of time.
433
434@quotation
435@emph{Plea:} Additions to this section are particularly welcome. If you
436or your friends (or enemies; let's be evenhanded) have been unfairly
437omitted from this list, we would like to add your names!
438@end quotation
439
440So that they may not regard their long labor as thankless, we
69bbcf05 441particularly thank those who shepherded GDB through major releases: Stu
14d01801 442Grossman and John Gilmore (releases 4.5, 4.4), John Gilmore (releases 4.3, 4.2,
69bbcf05
RP
4434.1, 4.0, and 3.9); Jim Kingdon (releases 3.5, 3.4, 3.3); and Randy
444Smith (releases 3.2, 3.1, 3.0). As major maintainer of GDB for some
445period, each contributed significantly to the structure, stability, and
446capabilities of the entire debugger.
70b88761
RP
447
448Richard Stallman, assisted at various times by Pete TerMaat, Chris
449Hanson, and Richard Mlynarik, handled releases through 2.8.
450
451Michael Tiemann is the author of most of the GNU C++ support in GDB,
452with significant additional contributions from Per Bothner. James
453Clark wrote the GNU C++ demangler. Early work on C++ was by Peter
454TerMaat (who also did much general update work leading to release 3.0).
455
1041a570
RP
456GDB 4 uses the BFD subroutine library to examine multiple
457object-file formats; BFD was a joint project of David V.
458Henkel-Wallace, Rich Pixley, Steve Chamberlain, and John Gilmore.
70b88761 459
1041a570
RP
460David Johnson wrote the original COFF support; Pace Willison did
461the original support for encapsulated COFF.
70b88761
RP
462
463Adam de Boor and Bradley Davis contributed the ISI Optimum V support.
464Per Bothner, Noboyuki Hikichi, and Alessandro Forin contributed MIPS
1041a570
RP
465support. Jean-Daniel Fekete contributed Sun 386i support. Chris
466Hanson improved the HP9000 support. Noboyuki Hikichi and Tomoyuki
467Hasei contributed Sony/News OS 3 support. David Johnson contributed
468Encore Umax support. Jyrki Kuoppala contributed Altos 3068 support.
469Keith Packard contributed NS32K support. Doug Rabson contributed
470Acorn Risc Machine support. Chris Smith contributed Convex support
471(and Fortran debugging). Jonathan Stone contributed Pyramid support.
472Michael Tiemann contributed SPARC support. Tim Tucker contributed
473support for the Gould NP1 and Gould Powernode. Pace Willison
474contributed Intel 386 support. Jay Vosburgh contributed Symmetry
475support.
70b88761 476
c338a2fd
RP
477Rich Schaefer and Peter Schauer helped with support of SunOS shared
478libraries.
70b88761
RP
479
480Jay Fenlason and Roland McGrath ensured that GDB and GAS agree about
481several machine instruction sets.
482
1041a570
RP
483Patrick Duval, Ted Goldstein, Vikram Koka and Glenn Engel helped
484develop remote debugging. Intel Corporation and Wind River Systems
485contributed remote debugging modules for their products.
70b88761 486
1041a570
RP
487Brian Fox is the author of the readline libraries providing
488command-line editing and command history.
70b88761 489
1041a570
RP
490Andrew Beers of SUNY Buffalo wrote the language-switching code and
491the Modula-2 support, and contributed the Languages chapter of this
492manual.
c2bbbb22 493
14d01801
RP
494Fred Fish wrote most of the support for Unix System Vr4.
495
70b88761 496@node New Features, Sample Session, Summary, Top
c7cb8acb 497@unnumbered New Features since GDB version 3.5
70b88761
RP
498
499@table @emph
500@item Targets
501Using the new command @code{target}, you can select at runtime whether
502you are debugging local files, local processes, standalone systems over
b80282d5
RP
503a serial port, realtime systems over a TCP/IP connection, etc. The
504command @code{load} can download programs into a remote system. Serial
505stubs are available for Motorola 680x0 and Intel 80386 remote systems;
c7cb8acb 506GDB also supports debugging realtime processes running under
b80282d5 507VxWorks, using SunRPC Remote Procedure Calls over TCP/IP to talk to a
c7cb8acb 508debugger stub on the target system. Internally, GDB now uses a
b80282d5
RP
509function vector to mediate access to different targets; if you need to
510add your own support for a remote protocol, this makes it much easier.
70b88761
RP
511
512@item Watchpoints
c7cb8acb 513GDB now sports watchpoints as well as breakpoints. You can use a
70b88761
RP
514watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an expression
515changes, without having to predict a particular place in your program
516where this may happen.
517
b80282d5
RP
518@item Wide Output
519Commands that issue wide output now insert newlines at places designed
520to make the output more readable.
521
70b88761 522@item Object Code Formats
c7cb8acb 523GDB uses a new library called the Binary File Descriptor (BFD)
3d3ab540
RP
524Library to permit it to switch dynamically, without reconfiguration or
525recompilation, between different object-file formats. Formats currently
526supported are COFF, a.out, and the Intel 960 b.out; files may be read as
527.o's, archive libraries, or core dumps. BFD is available as a
528subroutine library so that other programs may take advantage of it, and
529the other GNU binary utilities are being converted to use it.
70b88761 530
b80282d5 531@item Configuration and Ports
70b88761 532Compile-time configuration (to select a particular architecture and
7463aadd 533operating system) is much easier. The script @code{configure} now
c7cb8acb
RP
534allows you to configure GDB as either a native debugger or a
535cross-debugger. @xref{Installing GDB}, for details on how to
b80282d5 536configure and on what architectures are now available.
70b88761
RP
537
538@item Interaction
c7cb8acb 539The user interface to GDB's control variables has been simplified
70b88761
RP
540and consolidated in two commands, @code{set} and @code{show}. Output
541lines are now broken at readable places, rather than overflowing onto
542the next line. You can suppress output of machine-level addresses,
543displaying only source language information.
544
b80282d5 545@item C++
c7cb8acb 546GDB now supports C++ multiple inheritance (if used with a GCC
b80282d5 547version 2 compiler), and also has limited support for C++ exception
c7cb8acb 548handling, with the commands @code{catch} and @code{info catch}: GDB
b80282d5
RP
549can break when an exception is raised, before the stack is peeled back
550to the exception handler's context.
70b88761 551
c2bbbb22 552@item Modula-2
c7cb8acb 553GDB now has preliminary support for the GNU Modula-2 compiler,
c2bbbb22 554currently under development at the State University of New York at
c7cb8acb 555Buffalo. Coordinated development of both GDB and the GNU Modula-2
5b0fdf7b
RP
556compiler will continue into 1992. Other Modula-2 compilers are
557currently not supported, and attempting to debug programs compiled with
558them will likely result in an error as the symbol table of the
559executable is read in.
c2bbbb22 560
70b88761 561@item Command Rationalization
c7cb8acb 562Many GDB commands have been renamed to make them easier to remember
70b88761
RP
563and use. In particular, the subcommands of @code{info} and
564@code{show}/@code{set} are grouped to make the former refer to the state
c7cb8acb 565of your program, and the latter refer to the state of GDB itself.
70b88761
RP
566@xref{Renamed Commands}, for details on what commands were renamed.
567
70b88761 568@item Shared Libraries
c7cb8acb 569GDB 4 can debug programs and core files that use SunOS shared
e251e767 570libraries.
b80282d5
RP
571
572@item Reference Card
c7cb8acb 573GDB 4 has a reference card. @xref{Formatting Documentation} for
b80282d5 574instructions on printing it.
70b88761
RP
575
576@item Work in Progress
577Kernel debugging for BSD and Mach systems; Tahoe and HPPA architecture
578support.
70b88761
RP
579@end table
580
581@node Sample Session, Invocation, New Features, Top
582@chapter A Sample _GDBN__ Session
583
584You can use this manual at your leisure to read all about _GDBN__.
585However, a handful of commands are enough to get started using the
586debugger. This chapter illustrates these commands.
587
588@iftex
6ca72cc6 589In this sample session, we emphasize user input like this: @b{input},
70b88761
RP
590to make it easier to pick out from the surrounding output.
591@end iftex
592
593@c FIXME: this example may not be appropriate for some configs, where
594@c FIXME...primary interest is in remote use.
595_0__
596One of the preliminary versions of GNU @code{m4} (a generic macro
597processor) exhibits the following bug: sometimes, when we change its
598quote strings from the default, the commands used to capture one macro's
599definition in another stop working. In the following short @code{m4}
600session, we define a macro @code{foo} which expands to @code{0000}; we
29a2b744 601then use the @code{m4} built-in @code{defn} to define @code{bar} as the
70b88761
RP
602same thing. However, when we change the open quote string to
603@code{<QUOTE>} and the close quote string to @code{<UNQUOTE>}, the same
604procedure fails to define a new synonym @code{baz}:
605
606@smallexample
6ca72cc6
RP
607$ @b{cd gnu/m4}
608$ @b{./m4}
609@b{define(foo,0000)}
70b88761 610
6ca72cc6 611@b{foo}
70b88761 6120000
6ca72cc6 613@b{define(bar,defn(`foo'))}
70b88761 614
6ca72cc6 615@b{bar}
70b88761 6160000
6ca72cc6 617@b{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)}
70b88761 618
6ca72cc6
RP
619@b{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))}
620@b{baz}
621@b{C-d}
70b88761
RP
622m4: End of input: 0: fatal error: EOF in string
623@end smallexample
624
625@noindent
626Let's use _GDBN__ to try to see what's going on.
627
628@smallexample
6ca72cc6 629$ @b{_GDBP__ m4}
203eea5d
RP
630@c FIXME: this falsifies the exact text played out, to permit smallbook
631@c FIXME... format to come out better.
632GDB is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies
633 of it under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see
634 the conditions.
635There is absolutely no warranty for GDB; type "show warranty"
636for details.
5b0fdf7b 637GDB _GDB_VN__, Copyright 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc...
e251e767 638(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
639@end smallexample
640
641@noindent
1041a570
RP
642_GDBN__ reads only enough symbol data to know where to find the rest when
643needed; as a result, the first prompt comes up very quickly. We now
644tell _GDBN__ to use a narrower display width than usual, so that examples
645will fit in this manual.
70b88761
RP
646
647@smallexample
6ca72cc6 648(_GDBP__) @b{set width 70}
70b88761
RP
649@end smallexample
650
e251e767 651@noindent
29a2b744 652Let's see how the @code{m4} built-in @code{changequote} works.
70b88761
RP
653Having looked at the source, we know the relevant subroutine is
654@code{m4_changequote}, so we set a breakpoint there with _GDBN__'s
655@code{break} command.
656
657@smallexample
6ca72cc6 658(_GDBP__) @b{break m4_changequote}
70b88761
RP
659Breakpoint 1 at 0x62f4: file builtin.c, line 879.
660@end smallexample
661
662@noindent
663Using the @code{run} command, we start @code{m4} running under _GDBN__
664control; as long as control does not reach the @code{m4_changequote}
665subroutine, the program runs as usual:
666
667@smallexample
6ca72cc6 668(_GDBP__) @b{run}
e251e767 669Starting program: /work/Editorial/gdb/gnu/m4/m4
6ca72cc6 670@b{define(foo,0000)}
70b88761 671
6ca72cc6 672@b{foo}
70b88761
RP
6730000
674@end smallexample
675
676@noindent
677To trigger the breakpoint, we call @code{changequote}. _GDBN__
678suspends execution of @code{m4}, displaying information about the
679context where it stops.
680
681@smallexample
6ca72cc6 682@b{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)}
70b88761 683
203eea5d
RP
684Breakpoint 1, m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
685 at builtin.c:879
70b88761
RP
686879 if (bad_argc(TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[0]), argc, 1, 3))
687@end smallexample
688
689@noindent
690Now we use the command @code{n} (@code{next}) to advance execution to
691the next line of the current function.
692
693@smallexample
6ca72cc6 694(_GDBP__) @b{n}
203eea5d
RP
695882 set_quotes((argc >= 2) ? TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[1])\
696 : nil,
70b88761
RP
697@end smallexample
698
699@noindent
700@code{set_quotes} looks like a promising subroutine. We can go into it
701by using the command @code{s} (@code{step}) instead of @code{next}.
702@code{step} goes to the next line to be executed in @emph{any}
e251e767 703subroutine, so it steps into @code{set_quotes}.
70b88761
RP
704
705@smallexample
6ca72cc6 706(_GDBP__) @b{s}
70b88761
RP
707set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>")
708 at input.c:530
709530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
710@end smallexample
711
712@noindent
29a2b744
RP
713The display that shows the subroutine where @code{m4} is now
714suspended (and its arguments) is called a stack frame display. It
715shows a summary of the stack. We can use the @code{backtrace}
716command (which can also be spelled @code{bt}), to see where we are
717in the stack as a whole: the @code{backtrace} command displays a
718stack frame for each active subroutine.
70b88761
RP
719
720@smallexample
6ca72cc6 721(_GDBP__) @b{bt}
70b88761
RP
722#0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>")
723 at input.c:530
203eea5d
RP
724#1 0x6344 in m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
725 at builtin.c:882
70b88761
RP
726#2 0x8174 in expand_macro (sym=0x33320) at macro.c:242
727#3 0x7a88 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=209696, td=0xf7fffa30)
728 at macro.c:71
729#4 0x79dc in expand_input () at macro.c:40
730#5 0x2930 in main (argc=0, argv=0xf7fffb20) at m4.c:195
731@end smallexample
732
733@noindent
734Let's step through a few more lines to see what happens. The first two
735times, we can use @samp{s}; the next two times we use @code{n} to avoid
736falling into the @code{xstrdup} subroutine.
1041a570 737
70b88761 738@smallexample
6ca72cc6 739(_GDBP__) @b{s}
70b88761 7400x3b5c 532 if (rquote != def_rquote)
6ca72cc6 741(_GDBP__) @b{s}
203eea5d
RP
7420x3b80 535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? \
743def_lquote : xstrdup(lq);
6ca72cc6 744(_GDBP__) @b{n}
203eea5d
RP
745536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
746 : xstrdup(rq);
6ca72cc6 747(_GDBP__) @b{n}
70b88761
RP
748538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
749@end smallexample
750
751@noindent
752The last line displayed looks a little odd; let's examine the variables
753@code{lquote} and @code{rquote} to see if they are in fact the new left
754and right quotes we specified. We can use the command @code{p}
755(@code{print}) to see their values.
756
757@smallexample
6ca72cc6 758(_GDBP__) @b{p lquote}
70b88761 759$1 = 0x35d40 "<QUOTE>"
6ca72cc6 760(_GDBP__) @b{p rquote}
70b88761
RP
761$2 = 0x35d50 "<UNQUOTE>"
762@end smallexample
763
764@noindent
765@code{lquote} and @code{rquote} are indeed the new left and right quotes.
766Let's look at some context; we can display ten lines of source
767surrounding the current line, with the @code{l} (@code{list}) command.
768
769@smallexample
6ca72cc6 770(_GDBP__) @b{l}
70b88761 771533 xfree(rquote);
e251e767 772534
203eea5d
RP
773535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? def_lquote\
774 : xstrdup (lq);
775536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
776 : xstrdup (rq);
e251e767 777537
70b88761
RP
778538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
779539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
780540 @}
e251e767 781541
70b88761
RP
782542 void
783@end smallexample
784
785@noindent
786Let's step past the two lines that set @code{len_lquote} and
787@code{len_rquote}, and then examine the values of those variables.
788
789@smallexample
6ca72cc6 790(_GDBP__) @b{n}
70b88761 791539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
6ca72cc6 792(_GDBP__) @b{n}
70b88761 793540 @}
6ca72cc6 794(_GDBP__) @b{p len_lquote}
70b88761 795$3 = 9
6ca72cc6 796(_GDBP__) @b{p len_rquote}
70b88761
RP
797$4 = 7
798@end smallexample
799
800@noindent
801That certainly looks wrong, assuming @code{len_lquote} and
802@code{len_rquote} are meant to be the lengths of @code{lquote} and
803@code{rquote} respectively. Let's try setting them to better values.
804We can use the @code{p} command for this, since it'll print the value of
805any expression---and that expression can include subroutine calls and
e251e767 806assignments.
70b88761
RP
807
808@smallexample
6ca72cc6 809(_GDBP__) @b{p len_lquote=strlen(lquote)}
70b88761 810$5 = 7
6ca72cc6 811(_GDBP__) @b{p len_rquote=strlen(rquote)}
70b88761
RP
812$6 = 9
813@end smallexample
814
815@noindent
816Let's see if that fixes the problem of using the new quotes with the
817@code{m4} built-in @code{defn}. We can allow @code{m4} to continue
818executing with the @code{c} (@code{continue}) command, and then try the
819example that caused trouble initially:
820
821@smallexample
6ca72cc6 822(_GDBP__) @b{c}
70b88761
RP
823Continuing.
824
6ca72cc6 825@b{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))}
70b88761
RP
826
827baz
8280000
829@end smallexample
830
831@noindent
832Success! The new quotes now work just as well as the default ones. The
833problem seems to have been just the two typos defining the wrong
834lengths. We'll let @code{m4} exit by giving it an EOF as input.
835
836@smallexample
6ca72cc6 837@b{C-d}
70b88761
RP
838Program exited normally.
839@end smallexample
840
e251e767 841@noindent
70b88761
RP
842The message @samp{Program exited normally.} is from _GDBN__; it
843indicates @code{m4} has finished executing. We can end our _GDBN__
844session with the _GDBN__ @code{quit} command.
845
846@smallexample
6ca72cc6 847(_GDBP__) @b{quit}
70b88761
RP
848_1__@end smallexample
849
850@node Invocation, Commands, Sample Session, Top
851@chapter Getting In and Out of _GDBN__
852
c7cb8acb
RP
853This chapter discusses how to start _GDBN__, and how to get out of it.
854(The essentials: type @samp{_GDBP__} to start GDB, and type @kbd{quit}
855or @kbd{C-d} to exit.)
29a2b744 856
70b88761 857@menu
29a2b744 858* Invoking _GDBN__:: Starting _GDBN__
c2bbbb22 859* Leaving _GDBN__:: Leaving _GDBN__
b80282d5 860* Shell Commands:: Shell Commands
70b88761
RP
861@end menu
862
29a2b744 863@node Invoking _GDBN__, Leaving _GDBN__, Invocation, Invocation
70b88761
RP
864@section Starting _GDBN__
865
1041a570
RP
866Start _GDBN__ with the shell command @code{_GDBP__}. Once it's running,
867_GDBN__ reads commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit.
70b88761 868
c7cb8acb
RP
869You can also run @code{_GDBP__} with a variety of arguments and options,
870to specify more of your debugging environment at the outset.
871
872The command-line options described here are designed
873to cover a variety of situations; in some environments, some of these
874options may effectively be unavailable.
875
876_if__(_H8__)
877For details on starting up _GDBP__ as a
878remote debugger attached to a Hitachi H8/300 board, see @ref{Hitachi
879H8/300 Remote,,_GDBN__ and the Hitachi H8/300}.
880_fi__(_H8__)
881
882The most usual way to start _GDBN__ is with one argument or two,
883specifying an executable program as the argument:
1041a570 884
70b88761 885@example
29a2b744 886_GDBP__ @var{program}
70b88761 887@end example
1041a570 888
70b88761 889@noindent
29a2b744
RP
890You can also start with both an executable program and a core file
891specified:
1041a570 892
70b88761 893@example
29a2b744 894_GDBP__ @var{program} @var{core}
70b88761
RP
895@end example
896
b80282d5
RP
897You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument, if you want
898to debug a running process:
1041a570 899
b80282d5 900@example
29a2b744 901_GDBP__ @var{program} 1234
b80282d5 902@end example
1041a570 903
b80282d5
RP
904@noindent
905would attach _GDBN__ to process @code{1234} (unless you also have a file
906named @file{1234}; _GDBN__ does check for a core file first).
907
c7cb8acb
RP
908Taking advantage of the second command-line argument requires a fairly
909complete operating system; when you use _GDBN__ as a remote debugger
910attached to a bare board, there may not be any notion of ``process'',
911and there is often no way to get a core dump.
912
70b88761
RP
913@noindent
914You can further control how _GDBN__ starts up by using command-line
29a2b744
RP
915options. _GDBN__ itself can remind you of the options available.
916
917@noindent
918Type
919
70b88761
RP
920@example
921_GDBP__ -help
922@end example
29a2b744 923
70b88761 924@noindent
29a2b744 925to display all available options and briefly describe their use
70b88761
RP
926(@samp{_GDBP__ -h} is a shorter equivalent).
927
928All options and command line arguments you give are processed
929in sequential order. The order makes a difference when the
e251e767 930@samp{-x} option is used.
70b88761
RP
931
932@menu
b80282d5
RP
933* File Options:: Choosing Files
934* Mode Options:: Choosing Modes
70b88761
RP
935_if__(!_GENERIC__)
936_include__(gdbinv-m.m4)_dnl__
937_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
938@end menu
939
29a2b744 940@node File Options, Mode Options, Invoking _GDBN__, Invoking _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
941@subsection Choosing Files
942
29a2b744
RP
943When _GDBN__ starts, it reads any arguments other than options as
944specifying an executable file and core file (or process ID). This is
945the same as if the arguments were specified by the @samp{-se} and
946@samp{-c} options respectively. (_GDBN__ reads the first argument
947that does not have an associated option flag as equivalent to the
948@samp{-se} option followed by that argument; and the second argument
949that does not have an associated option flag, if any, as equivalent to
950the @samp{-c} option followed by that argument.)
951
952Many options have both long and short forms; both are shown in the
953following list. _GDBN__ also recognizes the long forms if you truncate
954them, so long as enough of the option is present to be unambiguous.
955(If you prefer, you can flag option arguments with @samp{--} rather
956than @samp{-}, though we illustrate the more usual convention.)
70b88761
RP
957
958@table @code
959@item -symbols=@var{file}
960@itemx -s @var{file}
961Read symbol table from file @var{file}.
962
963@item -exec=@var{file}
964@itemx -e @var{file}
965Use file @var{file} as the executable file to execute when
966appropriate, and for examining pure data in conjunction with a core
967dump.
968
3d3ab540 969@item -se=@var{file}
70b88761
RP
970Read symbol table from file @var{file} and use it as the executable
971file.
972
973@item -core=@var{file}
974@itemx -c @var{file}
975Use file @var{file} as a core dump to examine.
976
977@item -command=@var{file}
978@itemx -x @var{file}
979Execute _GDBN__ commands from file @var{file}. @xref{Command Files}.
980
981@item -directory=@var{directory}
982@itemx -d @var{directory}
983Add @var{directory} to the path to search for source files.
14d01801
RP
984
985@item -m
986@itemx -mapped
987@emph{Warning: this option depends on operating system facilities that are not
988supported on all systems.}@*
989If memory-mapped files are available through the @code{mmap} system
990call, you can use this option to get _GDBN__ to write out the symbols
991for your program in a reusable file. Next time _GDBN__ starts up (if the
992program hasn't changed), it will map in symbol information from this
993auxiliary symbol file, rather than spending time reading the symbol
994table from the executable program.
70b88761
RP
995@end table
996
997_if__(!_GENERIC__)
29a2b744 998@node Mode Options, Mode Options, File Options, Invoking _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
999_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
1000_if__(_GENERIC__)
29a2b744
RP
1001@node Mode Options, , File Options, Invoking _GDBN__
1002_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1041a570
RP
1003@subsection Choosing Modes
1004
29a2b744
RP
1005You can run _GDBN__ in various alternative modes---for example, in
1006batch mode or quiet mode.
70b88761
RP
1007
1008@table @code
1009@item -nx
1010@itemx -n
1011Do not execute commands from any @file{_GDBINIT__} initialization files.
1012Normally, the commands in these files are executed after all the
e251e767 1013command options and arguments have been processed.
c728f1f0 1014@xref{Command Files}.
70b88761
RP
1015
1016@item -quiet
1017@itemx -q
1018``Quiet''. Do not print the introductory and copyright messages. These
c338a2fd 1019messages are also suppressed in batch mode.
70b88761
RP
1020
1021@item -batch
1022Run in batch mode. Exit with status @code{0} after processing all the command
1023files specified with @samp{-x} (and @file{_GDBINIT__}, if not inhibited).
1024Exit with nonzero status if an error occurs in executing the _GDBN__
e251e767 1025commands in the command files.
70b88761
RP
1026
1027Batch mode may be useful for running _GDBN__ as a filter, for example to
1028download and run a program on another computer; in order to make this
e251e767 1029more useful, the message
1041a570 1030
70b88761
RP
1031@example
1032Program exited normally.
1033@end example
1041a570 1034
70b88761
RP
1035@noindent
1036(which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under _GDBN__ control
1037terminates) is not issued when running in batch mode.
1038
3d3ab540 1039@item -cd=@var{directory}
70b88761
RP
1040Run _GDBN__ using @var{directory} as its working directory,
1041instead of the current directory.
1042
6ca72cc6
RP
1043_if__(_LUCID__)
1044@item -energize @var{authentication}
1045@itemx -cadillac @var{authentication}
1046When the Energize programming system starts up _GDBN__, it uses this
1047option to trigger an alternate mode of interaction.
1048@var{authentication} is a pair of numeric codes that identify _GDBN__
1049as a client in the Energize environment. Avoid this option when you run
1050_GDBN__ directly from the command line. See @ref{Energize,,Using
1051_GDBN__ with Energize} for more discussion of using _GDBN__ with Energize.
1052_fi__(_LUCID__)
1053
70b88761
RP
1054@item -fullname
1055@itemx -f
1056Emacs sets this option when it runs _GDBN__ as a subprocess. It tells _GDBN__
1057to output the full file name and line number in a standard,
1058recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is displayed (which
29a2b744 1059includes each time your program stops). This recognizable format looks
70b88761
RP
1060like two @samp{\032} characters, followed by the file name, line number
1061and character position separated by colons, and a newline. The
1062Emacs-to-_GDBN__ interface program uses the two @samp{\032} characters as
1063a signal to display the source code for the frame.
1064
1065@item -b @var{bps}
1066Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial
1067interface used by _GDBN__ for remote debugging.
1068
3d3ab540 1069@item -tty=@var{device}
70b88761 1070Run using @var{device} for your program's standard input and output.
29a2b744 1071@c FIXME: kingdon thinks there is more to -tty. Investigate.
70b88761
RP
1072@end table
1073
1074_if__(!_GENERIC__)
1075_include__(gdbinv-s.m4)
1076_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
29a2b744 1077@node Leaving _GDBN__, Shell Commands, Invoking _GDBN__, Invocation
70b88761
RP
1078@section Leaving _GDBN__
1079@cindex exiting _GDBN__
1041a570 1080
70b88761
RP
1081@table @code
1082@item quit
1083@kindex quit
1084@kindex q
1085To exit _GDBN__, use the @code{quit} command (abbreviated @code{q}), or type
e251e767 1086an end-of-file character (usually @kbd{C-d}).
70b88761
RP
1087@end table
1088
1089@cindex interrupt
1090An interrupt (often @kbd{C-c}) will not exit from _GDBN__, but rather
1091will terminate the action of any _GDBN__ command that is in progress and
1092return to _GDBN__ command level. It is safe to type the interrupt
1093character at any time because _GDBN__ does not allow it to take effect
1094until a time when it is safe.
1095
1041a570
RP
1096If you have been using _GDBN__ to control an attached process or device, you
1097can release it with the @code{detach} command; @pxref{Attach,
1098,Debugging an Already-Running Process}..
70b88761
RP
1099
1100@node Shell Commands, , Leaving _GDBN__, Invocation
1101@section Shell Commands
1041a570 1102
70b88761 1103If you need to execute occasional shell commands during your
29a2b744 1104debugging session, there is no need to leave or suspend _GDBN__; you can
70b88761
RP
1105just use the @code{shell} command.
1106
1107@table @code
1108@item shell @var{command string}
1109@kindex shell
1110@cindex shell escape
1111Directs _GDBN__ to invoke an inferior shell to execute @var{command
1112string}. If it exists, the environment variable @code{SHELL} is used
1113for the name of the shell to run. Otherwise _GDBN__ uses
1114@code{/bin/sh}.
1115@end table
1116
1117The utility @code{make} is often needed in development environments.
29a2b744 1118You do not have to use the @code{shell} command for this purpose in _GDBN__:
70b88761
RP
1119
1120@table @code
1121@item make @var{make-args}
1122@kindex make
1123@cindex calling make
1124Causes _GDBN__ to execute an inferior @code{make} program with the specified
1125arguments. This is equivalent to @samp{shell make @var{make-args}}.
1126@end table
1127
1128@node Commands, Running, Invocation, Top
1129@chapter _GDBN__ Commands
1130
29a2b744
RP
1131You can abbreviate GDB command if that abbreviation is unambiguous;
1132and you can repeat certain GDB commands by typing just @key{RET}.
1133
70b88761 1134@menu
b80282d5
RP
1135* Command Syntax:: Command Syntax
1136* Help:: Getting Help
70b88761
RP
1137@end menu
1138
1139@node Command Syntax, Help, Commands, Commands
1140@section Command Syntax
1041a570 1141
70b88761
RP
1142A _GDBN__ command is a single line of input. There is no limit on how long
1143it can be. It starts with a command name, which is followed by arguments
1144whose meaning depends on the command name. For example, the command
1145@code{step} accepts an argument which is the number of times to step,
1146as in @samp{step 5}. You can also use the @code{step} command with
1147no arguments. Some command names do not allow any arguments.
1148
1149@cindex abbreviation
1150_GDBN__ command names may always be truncated if that abbreviation is
1151unambiguous. Other possible command abbreviations are listed in the
1152documentation for individual commands. In some cases, even ambiguous
1153abbreviations are allowed; for example, @code{s} is specially defined as
1154equivalent to @code{step} even though there are other commands whose
1155names start with @code{s}. You can test abbreviations by using them as
7463aadd 1156arguments to the @code{help} command.
70b88761 1157
e251e767 1158@cindex repeating commands
70b88761
RP
1159@kindex RET
1160A blank line as input to _GDBN__ (typing just @key{RET}) means to
1161repeat the previous command. Certain commands (for example, @code{run})
1162will not repeat this way; these are commands for which unintentional
1163repetition might cause trouble and which you are unlikely to want to
1164repeat.
1165
1166The @code{list} and @code{x} commands, when you repeat them with
1167@key{RET}, construct new arguments rather than repeating
1168exactly as typed. This permits easy scanning of source or memory.
1169
b80282d5
RP
1170_GDBN__ can also use @key{RET} in another way: to partition lengthy
1171output, in a way similar to the common utility @code{more}
29a2b744 1172(@pxref{Screen Size}). Since it is easy to press one @key{RET} too many
b80282d5
RP
1173in this situation, _GDBN__ disables command repetition after any command
1174that generates this sort of display.
1175
70b88761
RP
1176@kindex #
1177@cindex comment
1178A line of input starting with @kbd{#} is a comment; it does nothing.
29a2b744 1179This is useful mainly in command files (@pxref{Command Files}).
70b88761
RP
1180
1181@node Help, , Command Syntax, Commands
1182@section Getting Help
1183@cindex online documentation
1184@kindex help
1041a570 1185
70b88761 1186You can always ask _GDBN__ itself for information on its commands, using the
e251e767 1187command @code{help}.
70b88761
RP
1188
1189@table @code
1190@item help
1191@itemx h
1192@kindex h
1193You can use @code{help} (abbreviated @code{h}) with no arguments to
1194display a short list of named classes of commands:
1041a570 1195
70b88761
RP
1196@smallexample
1197(_GDBP__) help
1198List of classes of commands:
1199
1200running -- Running the program
1201stack -- Examining the stack
1202data -- Examining data
1203breakpoints -- Making program stop at certain points
1204files -- Specifying and examining files
1205status -- Status inquiries
1206support -- Support facilities
1207user-defined -- User-defined commands
1208aliases -- Aliases of other commands
1209obscure -- Obscure features
1210
203eea5d
RP
1211Type "help" followed by a class name for a list of
1212commands in that class.
1213Type "help" followed by command name for full
1214documentation.
70b88761 1215Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
e251e767 1216(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
1217@end smallexample
1218
1219@item help @var{class}
1220Using one of the general help classes as an argument, you can get a
1221list of the individual commands in that class. For example, here is the
1222help display for the class @code{status}:
1041a570 1223
70b88761
RP
1224@smallexample
1225(_GDBP__) help status
1226Status inquiries.
1227
1228List of commands:
1229
1230show -- Generic command for showing things set with "set"
1231info -- Generic command for printing status
1232
203eea5d
RP
1233Type "help" followed by command name for full
1234documentation.
70b88761 1235Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
e251e767 1236(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
1237@end smallexample
1238
1239@item help @var{command}
1240With a command name as @code{help} argument, _GDBN__ will display a
e251e767 1241short paragraph on how to use that command.
70b88761
RP
1242@end table
1243
1244In addition to @code{help}, you can use the _GDBN__ commands @code{info}
1245and @code{show} to inquire about the state of your program, or the state
1246of _GDBN__ itself. Each command supports many topics of inquiry; this
1247manual introduces each of them in the appropriate context. The listings
1248under @code{info} and under @code{show} in the Index point to
29a2b744 1249all the sub-commands. @xref{Index}.
70b88761
RP
1250
1251@c @group
1252@table @code
1253@item info
1254@kindex info
1255@kindex i
1256This command (abbreviated @code{i}) is for describing the state of your
1257program; for example, it can list the arguments given to your program
1258(@code{info args}), the registers currently in use (@code{info
1041a570 1259registers}), or the breakpoints you have set (@code{info breakpoints}).
70b88761
RP
1260You can get a complete list of the @code{info} sub-commands with
1261@w{@code{help info}}.
1262
1263@kindex show
1264@item show
1265In contrast, @code{show} is for describing the state of _GDBN__ itself.
1266You can change most of the things you can @code{show}, by using the
1267related command @code{set}; for example, you can control what number
1268system is used for displays with @code{set radix}, or simply inquire
e251e767 1269which is currently in use with @code{show radix}.
70b88761
RP
1270
1271@kindex info set
1272To display all the settable parameters and their current
1273values, you can use @code{show} with no arguments; you may also use
1274@code{info set}. Both commands produce the same display.
1275@c FIXME: "info set" violates the rule that "info" is for state of
1276@c FIXME...program. Ck w/ GNU: "info set" to be called something else,
1277@c FIXME...or change desc of rule---eg "state of prog and debugging session"?
1278@end table
1279@c @end group
1280
1281Here are three miscellaneous @code{show} subcommands, all of which are
1282exceptional in lacking corresponding @code{set} commands:
1283
1284@table @code
1285@kindex show version
3d3ab540 1286@cindex version number
70b88761
RP
1287@item show version
1288Show what version of _GDBN__ is running. You should include this
1041a570
RP
1289information in _GDBN__ bug-reports. If multiple versions of _GDBN__ are in
1290use at your site, you may occasionally want to make sure what version
1291of _GDBN__ you are running; as _GDBN__ evolves, new commands are introduced,
1292and old ones may wither away. The version number is also announced
1293when you start _GDBN__ with no arguments.
70b88761
RP
1294
1295@kindex show copying
1296@item show copying
1297Display information about permission for copying _GDBN__.
1298
1299@kindex show warranty
1300@item show warranty
1301Display the GNU ``NO WARRANTY'' statement.
1302@end table
1303
1304@node Running, Stopping, Commands, Top
1305@chapter Running Programs Under _GDBN__
1306
1041a570
RP
1307To debug a program, you must run it under _GDBN__.
1308
70b88761 1309@menu
b80282d5
RP
1310* Compilation:: Compiling for Debugging
1311* Starting:: Starting your Program
1312* Arguments:: Your Program's Arguments
1313* Environment:: Your Program's Environment
1314* Working Directory:: Your Program's Working Directory
1315* Input/Output:: Your Program's Input and Output
1316* Attach:: Debugging an Already-Running Process
1317* Kill Process:: Killing the Child Process
d24e0922 1318* Process Information:: Additional Process Information
70b88761
RP
1319@end menu
1320
1321@node Compilation, Starting, Running, Running
1322@section Compiling for Debugging
1323
1324In order to debug a program effectively, you need to generate
1325debugging information when you compile it. This debugging information
1326is stored in the object file; it describes the data type of each
1327variable or function and the correspondence between source line numbers
1328and addresses in the executable code.
1329
1330To request debugging information, specify the @samp{-g} option when you run
1331the compiler.
1332
1333Many C compilers are unable to handle the @samp{-g} and @samp{-O}
1334options together. Using those compilers, you cannot generate optimized
1335executables containing debugging information.
1336
c7cb8acb
RP
1337_GCC__, the GNU C compiler, supports @samp{-g} with or without
1338@samp{-O}, making it possible to debug optimized code. We recommend
1339that you @emph{always} use @samp{-g} whenever you compile a program.
1340You may think your program is correct, but there is no sense in pushing
1341your luck.
70b88761 1342
6ca72cc6
RP
1343@cindex optimized code, debugging
1344@cindex debugging optimized code
1345When you debug a program compiled with @samp{-g -O}, remember that the
1346optimizer is rearranging your code; the debugger will show you what's
1347really there. Don't be too surprised when the execution path doesn't
1348exactly match your source file! An extreme example: if you define a
1349variable, but never use it, _GDBN__ will never see that
1350variable---because the compiler optimizes it out of existence.
1351
70b88761
RP
1352Some things do not work as well with @samp{-g -O} as with just
1353@samp{-g}, particularly on machines with instruction scheduling. If in
1354doubt, recompile with @samp{-g} alone, and if this fixes the problem,
1355please report it as a bug (including a test case!).
1356
1357Older versions of the GNU C compiler permitted a variant option
c7cb8acb 1358@w{@samp{-gg}} for debugging information. _GDBN__ no longer supports this
70b88761
RP
1359format; if your GNU C compiler has this option, do not use it.
1360
1361@ignore
1362@comment As far as I know, there are no cases in which _GDBN__ will
1363@comment produce strange output in this case. (but no promises).
1364If your program includes archives made with the @code{ar} program, and
1365if the object files used as input to @code{ar} were compiled without the
1366@samp{-g} option and have names longer than 15 characters, _GDBN__ will get
29a2b744 1367confused reading your program's symbol table. No error message will be
70b88761
RP
1368given, but _GDBN__ may behave strangely. The reason for this problem is a
1369deficiency in the Unix archive file format, which cannot represent file
1370names longer than 15 characters.
1371
1372To avoid this problem, compile the archive members with the @samp{-g}
1373option or use shorter file names. Alternatively, use a version of GNU
1374@code{ar} dated more recently than August 1989.
1375@end ignore
1376
70b88761
RP
1377@node Starting, Arguments, Compilation, Running
1378@section Starting your Program
1379@cindex starting
1380@cindex running
1041a570 1381
70b88761
RP
1382@table @code
1383@item run
1384@itemx r
1385@kindex run
1041a570
RP
1386Use the @code{run} command to start your program under _GDBN__. You must
1387first specify the program name
e251e767 1388_if__(_VXWORKS__)
7463aadd 1389(except on VxWorks)
70b88761 1390_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
1041a570
RP
1391with an argument to
1392_GDBN__ (@pxref{Invocation, ,Getting In and Out of _GDBN__}), or by using the
1393@code{file} or @code{exec-file} command (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to
1394Specify Files}).
1395
70b88761
RP
1396@end table
1397
29a2b744
RP
1398If you are running your program in an execution environment that
1399supports processes, @code{run} creates an inferior process and makes
1400that process run your program. (In environments without processes,
1401@code{run} jumps to the start of your program.)
70b88761
RP
1402
1403The execution of a program is affected by certain information it
1404receives from its superior. _GDBN__ provides ways to specify this
6ca72cc6 1405information, which you must do @emph{before} starting your program. (You
29a2b744
RP
1406can change it after starting your program, but such changes will only affect
1407your program the next time you start it.) This information may be
70b88761
RP
1408divided into four categories:
1409
1410@table @asis
6ca72cc6 1411@item The @emph{arguments.}
29a2b744 1412Specify the arguments to give your program as the arguments of the
1041a570
RP
1413@code{run} command. If a shell is available on your target, the shell
1414is used to pass the arguments, so that you may use normal conventions
1415(such as wildcard expansion or variable substitution) in describing
1416the arguments. In Unix systems, you can control which shell is used
1417with the @code{SHELL} environment variable. @xref{Arguments, ,Your
1418Program's Arguments}.
70b88761 1419
6ca72cc6 1420@item The @emph{environment.}
70b88761
RP
1421Your program normally inherits its environment from _GDBN__, but you can
1422use the _GDBN__ commands @code{set environment} and @code{unset
1423environment} to change parts of the environment that will be given to
1041a570 1424your program. @xref{Environment, ,Your Program's Environment}.
70b88761 1425
6ca72cc6 1426@item The @emph{working directory.}
70b88761
RP
1427Your program inherits its working directory from _GDBN__. You can set
1428_GDBN__'s working directory with the @code{cd} command in _GDBN__.
29a2b744 1429@xref{Working Directory, ,Your Program's Working Directory}.
70b88761 1430
6ca72cc6 1431@item The @emph{standard input and output.}
70b88761
RP
1432Your program normally uses the same device for standard input and
1433standard output as _GDBN__ is using. You can redirect input and output
1434in the @code{run} command line, or you can use the @code{tty} command to
1435set a different device for your program.
1041a570 1436@xref{Input/Output, ,Your Program's Input and Output}.
3d3ab540
RP
1437
1438@cindex pipes
29a2b744
RP
1439@emph{Warning:} While input and output redirection work, you cannot use
1440pipes to pass the output of the program you are debugging to another
3d3ab540
RP
1441program; if you attempt this, _GDBN__ is likely to wind up debugging the
1442wrong program.
70b88761
RP
1443@end table
1444
29a2b744 1445@c FIXME: Rewrite following paragraph, especially its third sentence.
1041a570
RP
1446When you issue the @code{run} command, your program begins to execute
1447immediately. @xref{Stopping, ,Stopping and Continuing}, for
29a2b744
RP
1448discussion of how to arrange for your program to stop. Once your
1449program has been started by the @code{run} command (and then stopped),
1041a570
RP
1450you may evaluate expressions that involve calls to functions in your
1451program, using the @code{print} or @code{call} commands. @xref{Data,
1452,Examining Data}.
70b88761 1453
29a2b744 1454If the modification time of your symbol file has changed since the
1041a570
RP
1455last time _GDBN__ read its symbols, _GDBN__ will discard its symbol table and
1456re-read it. When it does this, _GDBN__ tries to retain your current
1457breakpoints.
70b88761
RP
1458
1459@node Arguments, Environment, Starting, Running
1460@section Your Program's Arguments
1461
1462@cindex arguments (to your program)
1463The arguments to your program can be specified by the arguments of the
1464@code{run} command. They are passed to a shell, which expands wildcard
29a2b744 1465characters and performs redirection of I/O, and thence to your program.
70b88761
RP
1466_GDBN__ uses the shell indicated by your environment variable
1467@code{SHELL} if it exists; otherwise, _GDBN__ uses @code{/bin/sh}.
1468
1469@code{run} with no arguments uses the same arguments used by the previous
1470@code{run}, or those set by the @code{set args} command.
1471
1472@kindex set args
1473@table @code
1474@item set args
1475Specify the arguments to be used the next time your program is run. If
1476@code{set args} has no arguments, @code{run} will execute your program
e251e767 1477with no arguments. Once you have run your program with arguments,
70b88761
RP
1478using @code{set args} before the next @code{run} is the only way to run
1479it again without arguments.
1480
1481@item show args
1482@kindex show args
1483Show the arguments to give your program when it is started.
1484@end table
1485
1486@node Environment, Working Directory, Arguments, Running
1487@section Your Program's Environment
1488
1489@cindex environment (of your program)
1490The @dfn{environment} consists of a set of environment variables and
1491their values. Environment variables conventionally record such things as
1492your user name, your home directory, your terminal type, and your search
1493path for programs to run. Usually you set up environment variables with
1494the shell and they are inherited by all the other programs you run. When
29a2b744 1495debugging, it can be useful to try running your program with a modified
70b88761
RP
1496environment without having to start _GDBN__ over again.
1497
1498@table @code
1499@item path @var{directory}
1500@kindex path
1501Add @var{directory} to the front of the @code{PATH} environment variable
1502(the search path for executables), for both _GDBN__ and your program.
1503You may specify several directory names, separated by @samp{:} or
1504whitespace. If @var{directory} is already in the path, it is moved to
e251e767 1505the front, so it will be searched sooner.
7463aadd
RP
1506
1507You can use the string @samp{$cwd} to refer to whatever is the current
1508working directory at the time _GDBN__ searches the path. If you use
1509@samp{.} instead, it refers to the directory where you executed the
1510@code{path} command. _GDBN__ fills in the current path where needed in
1511the @var{directory} argument, before adding it to the search path.
29a2b744 1512@c 'path' is explicitly nonrepeatable, but RMS points out it is silly to
70b88761
RP
1513@c document that, since repeating it would be a no-op.
1514
1515@item show paths
1516@kindex show paths
1517Display the list of search paths for executables (the @code{PATH}
1518environment variable).
1519
1520@item show environment @r{[}@var{varname}@r{]}
1521@kindex show environment
1522Print the value of environment variable @var{varname} to be given to
29a2b744 1523your program when it starts. If you do not supply @var{varname},
70b88761
RP
1524print the names and values of all environment variables to be given to
1525your program. You can abbreviate @code{environment} as @code{env}.
1526
7463aadd 1527@item set environment @var{varname} @r{[}=@r{]} @var{value}
70b88761
RP
1528@kindex set environment
1529Sets environment variable @var{varname} to @var{value}. The value
1530changes for your program only, not for _GDBN__ itself. @var{value} may
1531be any string; the values of environment variables are just strings, and
1532any interpretation is supplied by your program itself. The @var{value}
1533parameter is optional; if it is eliminated, the variable is set to a
1534null value.
29a2b744 1535@c "any string" here does not include leading, trailing
70b88761
RP
1536@c blanks. Gnu asks: does anyone care?
1537
1538For example, this command:
1539
1540@example
1541set env USER = foo
1542@end example
1543
1544@noindent
1545tells a Unix program, when subsequently run, that its user is named
1546@samp{foo}. (The spaces around @samp{=} are used for clarity here; they
1547are not actually required.)
1548
1549@item unset environment @var{varname}
1550@kindex unset environment
1551Remove variable @var{varname} from the environment to be passed to your
1552program. This is different from @samp{set env @var{varname} =};
1553@code{unset environment} removes the variable from the environment,
e251e767 1554rather than assigning it an empty value.
70b88761
RP
1555@end table
1556
1557@node Working Directory, Input/Output, Environment, Running
1558@section Your Program's Working Directory
1559
1560@cindex working directory (of your program)
1561Each time you start your program with @code{run}, it inherits its
1562working directory from the current working directory of _GDBN__. _GDBN__'s
1563working directory is initially whatever it inherited from its parent
1564process (typically the shell), but you can specify a new working
1565directory in _GDBN__ with the @code{cd} command.
1566
1567The _GDBN__ working directory also serves as a default for the commands
1041a570
RP
1568that specify files for _GDBN__ to operate on. @xref{Files, ,Commands to
1569Specify Files}.
70b88761
RP
1570
1571@table @code
1572@item cd @var{directory}
1573@kindex cd
1574Set _GDBN__'s working directory to @var{directory}.
1575
1576@item pwd
1577@kindex pwd
1578Print _GDBN__'s working directory.
1579@end table
1580
1581@node Input/Output, Attach, Working Directory, Running
1582@section Your Program's Input and Output
1583
1584@cindex redirection
1585@cindex i/o
1586@cindex terminal
1587By default, the program you run under _GDBN__ does input and output to
1588the same terminal that _GDBN__ uses. _GDBN__ switches the terminal to
1589its own terminal modes to interact with you, but it records the terminal
1590modes your program was using and switches back to them when you continue
1591running your program.
1592
1593@table @code
1594@item info terminal
1595@kindex info terminal
1596Displays _GDBN__'s recorded information about the terminal modes your
1597program is using.
1598@end table
1599
29a2b744 1600You can redirect your program's input and/or output using shell
70b88761
RP
1601redirection with the @code{run} command. For example,
1602
1603_0__@example
1604run > outfile
1605_1__@end example
1606
1607@noindent
29a2b744 1608starts your program, diverting its output to the file @file{outfile}.
70b88761
RP
1609
1610@kindex tty
1611@cindex controlling terminal
29a2b744 1612Another way to specify where your program should do input and output is
70b88761
RP
1613with the @code{tty} command. This command accepts a file name as
1614argument, and causes this file to be the default for future @code{run}
1615commands. It also resets the controlling terminal for the child
1616process, for future @code{run} commands. For example,
1617
1618@example
1619tty /dev/ttyb
1620@end example
1621
1622@noindent
1623directs that processes started with subsequent @code{run} commands
1624default to do input and output on the terminal @file{/dev/ttyb} and have
1625that as their controlling terminal.
1626
1627An explicit redirection in @code{run} overrides the @code{tty} command's
1628effect on the input/output device, but not its effect on the controlling
1629terminal.
1630
1631When you use the @code{tty} command or redirect input in the @code{run}
1632command, only the input @emph{for your program} is affected. The input
1633for _GDBN__ still comes from your terminal.
1634
1635@node Attach, Kill Process, Input/Output, Running
1636@section Debugging an Already-Running Process
1637@kindex attach
1638@cindex attach
1639
1640@table @code
1641@item attach @var{process-id}
1642This command
1643attaches to a running process---one that was started outside _GDBN__.
1644(@code{info files} will show your active targets.) The command takes as
1645argument a process ID. The usual way to find out the process-id of
1646a Unix process is with the @code{ps} utility, or with the @samp{jobs -l}
e251e767 1647shell command.
70b88761
RP
1648
1649@code{attach} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} a second time after
1650executing the command.
1651@end table
1652
1653To use @code{attach}, you must be debugging in an environment which
1654supports processes. You must also have permission to send the process a
1655signal, and it must have the same effective user ID as the _GDBN__
1656process.
1657
1658When using @code{attach}, you should first use the @code{file} command
1659to specify the program running in the process and load its symbol table.
29a2b744 1660@xref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}.
70b88761
RP
1661
1662The first thing _GDBN__ does after arranging to debug the specified
1663process is to stop it. You can examine and modify an attached process
1664with all the _GDBN__ commands that are ordinarily available when you start
1665processes with @code{run}. You can insert breakpoints; you can step and
1666continue; you can modify storage. If you would rather the process
1667continue running, you may use the @code{continue} command after
1668attaching _GDBN__ to the process.
1669
1670@table @code
1671@item detach
1672@kindex detach
1673When you have finished debugging the attached process, you can use the
1674@code{detach} command to release it from _GDBN__'s control. Detaching
1675the process continues its execution. After the @code{detach} command,
1676that process and _GDBN__ become completely independent once more, and you
1677are ready to @code{attach} another process or start one with @code{run}.
1678@code{detach} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after
1679executing the command.
1680@end table
1681
1682If you exit _GDBN__ or use the @code{run} command while you have an attached
1683process, you kill that process. By default, you will be asked for
1684confirmation if you try to do either of these things; you can control
1685whether or not you need to confirm by using the @code{set confirm} command
29a2b744 1686(@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and Messages}).
70b88761 1687
d24e0922 1688@node Kill Process, Process Information, Attach, Running
70b88761
RP
1689@c @group
1690@section Killing the Child Process
1691
1692@table @code
1693@item kill
1694@kindex kill
1695Kill the child process in which your program is running under _GDBN__.
1696@end table
1697
1698This command is useful if you wish to debug a core dump instead of a
1699running process. _GDBN__ ignores any core dump file while your program
1700is running.
1701@c @end group
1702
29a2b744 1703On some operating systems, a program cannot be executed outside _GDBN__
70b88761 1704while you have breakpoints set on it inside _GDBN__. You can use the
29a2b744 1705@code{kill} command in this situation to permit running your program
70b88761
RP
1706outside the debugger.
1707
1708The @code{kill} command is also useful if you wish to recompile and
29a2b744 1709relink your program, since on many systems it is impossible to modify an
70b88761
RP
1710executable file while it is running in a process. In this case, when you
1711next type @code{run}, _GDBN__ will notice that the file has changed, and
1712will re-read the symbol table (while trying to preserve your current
1713breakpoint settings).
1714
d24e0922
RP
1715@node Process Information, , Kill Process, Running
1716@section Additional Process Information
1717
1718@kindex /proc
1719@cindex process image
1720Some operating systems provide a facility called @samp{/proc} that can
cc9bc574
RP
1721be used to examine the image of a running process using file-system
1722subroutines. If _GDBN__ is configured for an operating system with this
1723facility, the command @code{info proc} is available to report on several
1724kinds of information about the process running your program.
d24e0922
RP
1725
1726@table @code
1727@item info proc
1728@kindex info proc
1729Summarize available information about the process.
1730
1731@item info proc mappings
1732@kindex info proc mappings
1733Report on the address ranges accessible in the program, with information
1734on whether your program may read, write, or execute each range.
1735
1736@item info proc times
1737@kindex info proc times
1738Starting time, user CPU time, and system CPU time for your program and
1739its children.
1740
1741@item info proc id
1742@kindex info proc id
1743Report on the process ID's related to your program: its own process id,
1744the id of its parent, the process group id, and the session id.
1745
1746@item info proc status
1747@kindex info proc status
1748General information on the state of the process. If the process is
1749stopped, this report includes the reason for stopping, and any signal
1750received.
cc9bc574
RP
1751
1752@item info proc all
1753Show all the above information about the process.
d24e0922
RP
1754@end table
1755
70b88761
RP
1756@node Stopping, Stack, Running, Top
1757@chapter Stopping and Continuing
1758
1759The principal purpose of using a debugger is so that you can stop your
29a2b744 1760program before it terminates; or so that, if your program runs into
70b88761
RP
1761trouble, you can investigate and find out why.
1762
1763Inside _GDBN__, your program may stop for any of several reasons, such
1764as a signal, a breakpoint, or reaching a new line after a _GDBN__
1765command such as @code{step}. You may then examine and change
1766variables, set new breakpoints or remove old ones, and then continue
1767execution. Usually, the messages shown by _GDBN__ provide ample
1768explanation of the status of your program---but you can also explicitly
1769request this information at any time.
1770
1771@table @code
1772@item info program
1773@kindex info program
1774Display information about the status of your program: whether it is
1775running or not, what process it is, and why it stopped.
1776@end table
1777
1778@menu
b80282d5
RP
1779* Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
1780* Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming Execution
1781* Signals:: Signals
70b88761
RP
1782@end menu
1783
3d3ab540 1784@node Breakpoints, Continuing and Stepping, Stopping, Stopping
70b88761
RP
1785@section Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
1786
1787@cindex breakpoints
1788A @dfn{breakpoint} makes your program stop whenever a certain point in
1041a570 1789the program is reached. For each breakpoint, you can add various
29a2b744 1790conditions to control in finer detail whether your program will stop.
70b88761 1791You can set breakpoints with the @code{break} command and its variants
29a2b744
RP
1792(@pxref{Set Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}), to specify the place where
1793your program should stop by line number, function name or exact address
1041a570 1794in the program. In languages with exception handling (such as GNU
29a2b744 1795C++), you can also set breakpoints where an exception is raised
1041a570 1796(@pxref{Exception Handling, ,Breakpoints and Exceptions}).
70b88761
RP
1797
1798@cindex watchpoints
6ca72cc6
RP
1799@cindex memory tracing
1800@cindex breakpoint on memory address
1801@cindex breakpoint on variable modification
29a2b744
RP
1802A @dfn{watchpoint} is a special breakpoint that stops your program
1803when the value of an expression changes. You must use a different
1804command to set watchpoints (@pxref{Set Watchpoints, ,Setting
1805Watchpoints}), but aside from that, you can manage a watchpoint like
1806any other breakpoint: you enable, disable, and delete both breakpoints
1041a570 1807and watchpoints using the same commands.
70b88761 1808
6ca72cc6
RP
1809@cindex breakpoint numbers
1810@cindex numbers for breakpoints
1811_GDBN__ assigns a number to each breakpoint or watchpoint when you
1812create it; these numbers are successive integers starting with one. In
1813many of the commands for controlling various features of breakpoints you
1814use the breakpoint number to say which breakpoint you want to change.
1815Each breakpoint may be @dfn{enabled} or @dfn{disabled}; if disabled, it has
29a2b744 1816no effect on your program until you enable it again.
70b88761
RP
1817
1818@menu
b80282d5
RP
1819* Set Breaks:: Setting Breakpoints
1820* Set Watchpoints:: Setting Watchpoints
1821* Exception Handling:: Breakpoints and Exceptions
1822* Delete Breaks:: Deleting Breakpoints
1823* Disabling:: Disabling Breakpoints
1824* Conditions:: Break Conditions
1825* Break Commands:: Breakpoint Command Lists
1826* Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint Menus
e251e767 1827* Error in Breakpoints::
70b88761
RP
1828@end menu
1829
1830@node Set Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints, Breakpoints
1831@subsection Setting Breakpoints
1832
4906534f
RP
1833@c FIXME LMB what does GDB do if no code on line of breakpt?
1834@c consider in particular declaration with/without initialization.
1835@c
1836@c FIXME 2 is there stuff on this already? break at fun start, already init?
1837
70b88761
RP
1838@kindex break
1839@kindex b
6ca72cc6
RP
1840@kindex $bpnum
1841@cindex latest breakpoint
1842Breakpoints are set with the @code{break} command (abbreviated
1843@code{b}). The debugger convenience variable @samp{$bpnum} records the
1844number of the beakpoint you've set most recently; see @ref{Convenience
d24e0922 1845Vars,, Convenience Variables}, for a discussion of what you can do with
6ca72cc6 1846convenience variables.
70b88761
RP
1847
1848You have several ways to say where the breakpoint should go.
1849
1850@table @code
1851@item break @var{function}
1852Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function}. When using source
1853languages that permit overloading of symbols, such as C++,
1854@var{function} may refer to more than one possible place to break.
1855@xref{Breakpoint Menus}, for a discussion of that situation.
1856
1857@item break +@var{offset}
1858@itemx break -@var{offset}
1859Set a breakpoint some number of lines forward or back from the position
1860at which execution stopped in the currently selected frame.
1861
1862@item break @var{linenum}
1863Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in the current source file.
1864That file is the last file whose source text was printed. This
29a2b744 1865breakpoint will stop your program just before it executes any of the
70b88761
RP
1866code on that line.
1867
1868@item break @var{filename}:@var{linenum}
1869Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in source file @var{filename}.
1870
1871@item break @var{filename}:@var{function}
1872Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function} found in file
1873@var{filename}. Specifying a file name as well as a function name is
1874superfluous except when multiple files contain similarly named
1875functions.
1876
1877@item break *@var{address}
1878Set a breakpoint at address @var{address}. You can use this to set
29a2b744 1879breakpoints in parts of your program which do not have debugging
70b88761
RP
1880information or source files.
1881
1882@item break
29a2b744
RP
1883When called without any arguments, @code{break} sets a breakpoint at
1884the next instruction to be executed in the selected stack frame
1885(@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the Stack}). In any selected frame but the
1886innermost, this will cause your program to stop as soon as control
1887returns to that frame. This is similar to the effect of a
1888@code{finish} command in the frame inside the selected frame---except
1889that @code{finish} does not leave an active breakpoint. If you use
1041a570
RP
1890@code{break} without an argument in the innermost frame, _GDBN__ will stop
1891the next time it reaches the current location; this may be useful
1892inside loops.
70b88761
RP
1893
1894_GDBN__ normally ignores breakpoints when it resumes execution, until at
1895least one instruction has been executed. If it did not do this, you
1896would be unable to proceed past a breakpoint without first disabling the
1897breakpoint. This rule applies whether or not the breakpoint already
29a2b744 1898existed when your program stopped.
70b88761
RP
1899
1900@item break @dots{} if @var{cond}
1901Set a breakpoint with condition @var{cond}; evaluate the expression
1902@var{cond} each time the breakpoint is reached, and stop only if the
3d3ab540 1903value is nonzero---that is, if @var{cond} evaluates as true.
1041a570
RP
1904@samp{@dots{}} stands for one of the possible arguments described
1905above (or no argument) specifying where to break. @xref{Conditions,
1906,Break Conditions}, for more information on breakpoint conditions.
70b88761
RP
1907
1908@item tbreak @var{args}
1909@kindex tbreak
1910Set a breakpoint enabled only for one stop. @var{args} are the
1911same as for the @code{break} command, and the breakpoint is set in the same
29a2b744
RP
1912way, but the breakpoint is automatically disabled after the first time your
1913program stops there. @xref{Disabling, ,Disabling Breakpoints}.
70b88761
RP
1914
1915@item rbreak @var{regex}
1916@kindex rbreak
1917@cindex regular expression
4906534f 1918@c FIXME what kind of regexp?
70b88761 1919Set breakpoints on all functions matching the regular expression
b80282d5 1920@var{regex}. This command
70b88761
RP
1921sets an unconditional breakpoint on all matches, printing a list of all
1922breakpoints it set. Once these breakpoints are set, they are treated
1923just like the breakpoints set with the @code{break} command. They can
1924be deleted, disabled, made conditional, etc., in the standard ways.
1925
b80282d5
RP
1926When debugging C++ programs, @code{rbreak} is useful for setting
1927breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special
1928classes.
1929
70b88761 1930@kindex info breakpoints
c338a2fd 1931@cindex @code{$_} and @code{info breakpoints}
70b88761 1932@item info breakpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
6ca72cc6
RP
1933@itemx info break @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
1934@itemx info watchpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
1935Print a table of all breakpoints and watchpoints set and not
1936deleted, with the following columns for each breakpoint:
1937
1938@table @emph
1939@item Breakpoint Numbers
1940@item Type
1941Breakpoint or watchpoint.
1942@item Disposition
1943Whether the breakpoint is marked to be disabled or deleted when hit.
1944@item Enabled or Disabled
d24e0922 1945Enabled breakpoints are marked with @samp{y}. @samp{n} marks breakpoints
6ca72cc6
RP
1946that are not enabled.
1947@item Address
1948Where the breakpoint is in your program, as a memory address
1949@item What
1950Where the breakpoint is in the source for your program, as a file and
1951line number.
1952@end table
1953
1954@noindent
1955Breakpoint commands, if any, are listed after the line for the
1956corresponding breakpoint.
1957
1958@noindent
1959@code{info break} with a breakpoint
29a2b744
RP
1960number @var{n} as argument lists only that breakpoint. The
1961convenience variable @code{$_} and the default examining-address for
1962the @code{x} command are set to the address of the last breakpoint
6ca72cc6 1963listed (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}).
1041a570 1964@end table
70b88761 1965
1041a570
RP
1966_GDBN__ allows you to set any number of breakpoints at the same place in
1967your program. There is nothing silly or meaningless about this. When
1968the breakpoints are conditional, this is even useful
29a2b744 1969(@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions}).
70b88761 1970
6ca72cc6
RP
1971@cindex negative breakpoint numbers
1972@cindex internal _GDBN__ breakpoints
1973_GDBN__ itself sometimes sets breakpoints in your program for special
1974purposes, such as proper handling of @code{longjmp} (in C programs).
1975These internal breakpoints are assigned negative numbers, starting with
1976@code{-1}; @samp{info breakpoints} does not display them, but the
1977similar command @samp{info all-breakpoints} does.
1978
1979@table @code
1980@kindex all-breakpoints
1981@item info all-breakpoints
1982Using the same format as @samp{info breakpoints}, display both the
1983breakpoints you've set explicitly, and those _GDBN__ is using for
1984internal purposes. Internal breakpoints are shown with negative
1985breakpoint numbers. The type column identifies what kind of breakpoint
1986is shown:
1987
1988@table @code
1989@item breakpoint
1990Normal, explicitly set breakpoint.
1991
1992@item watchpoint
1993Normal, explicitly set watchpoint.
1994
1995@item longjmp
1996Internal breakpoint, used to handle correctly stepping through
1997@code{longjmp} calls.
1998
1999@item longjmp resume
2000Internal breakpoint at the target of a @code{longjmp}.
2001
2002@item until
2003Temporary internal breakpoint used by the _GDBN__ @code{until} command.
2004
2005@item finish
2006Temporary internal breakpoint used by the _GDBN__ @code{finish} command.
2007@end table
2008
2009@end table
2010
2011
70b88761
RP
2012@node Set Watchpoints, Exception Handling, Set Breaks, Breakpoints
2013@subsection Setting Watchpoints
2014@cindex setting watchpoints
1041a570 2015
70b88761 2016You can use a watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an
e251e767 2017expression changes, without having to predict a particular place
70b88761
RP
2018where this may happen.
2019
2020Watchpoints currently execute two orders of magnitude more slowly than
2021other breakpoints, but this can well be worth it to catch errors where
2022you have no clue what part of your program is the culprit. Some
2023processors provide special hardware to support watchpoint evaluation; future
2024releases of _GDBN__ will use such hardware if it is available.
2025
2026@table @code
e251e767 2027@kindex watch
70b88761
RP
2028@item watch @var{expr}
2029Set a watchpoint for an expression.
2030
2031@kindex info watchpoints
2032@item info watchpoints
6ca72cc6
RP
2033This command prints a list of watchpoints and breakpoints; it is the
2034same as @code{info break}.
70b88761
RP
2035@end table
2036
2037@node Exception Handling, Delete Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints
2038@subsection Breakpoints and Exceptions
2039@cindex exception handlers
2040
b80282d5 2041Some languages, such as GNU C++, implement exception handling. You can
29a2b744
RP
2042use _GDBN__ to examine what caused your program to raise an exception,
2043and to list the exceptions your program is prepared to handle at a
70b88761
RP
2044given point in time.
2045
2046@table @code
2047@item catch @var{exceptions}
2048@kindex catch
2049You can set breakpoints at active exception handlers by using the
2050@code{catch} command. @var{exceptions} is a list of names of exceptions
2051to catch.
2052@end table
2053
29a2b744
RP
2054You can use @code{info catch} to list active exception handlers.
2055@xref{Frame Info, ,Information About a Frame}.
70b88761
RP
2056
2057There are currently some limitations to exception handling in _GDBN__.
2058These will be corrected in a future release.
2059
2060@itemize @bullet
2061@item
2062If you call a function interactively, _GDBN__ normally returns
2063control to you when the function has finished executing. If the call
2064raises an exception, however, the call may bypass the mechanism that
29a2b744 2065returns control to you and cause your program to simply continue
70b88761
RP
2066running until it hits a breakpoint, catches a signal that _GDBN__ is
2067listening for, or exits.
2068@item
2069You cannot raise an exception interactively.
2070@item
2071You cannot interactively install an exception handler.
2072@end itemize
2073
2074@cindex raise exceptions
2075Sometimes @code{catch} is not the best way to debug exception handling:
29a2b744 2076if you need to know exactly where an exception is raised, it is better to
70b88761
RP
2077stop @emph{before} the exception handler is called, since that way you
2078can see the stack before any unwinding takes place. If you set a
2079breakpoint in an exception handler instead, it may not be easy to find
2080out where the exception was raised.
2081
2082To stop just before an exception handler is called, you need some
b80282d5 2083knowledge of the implementation. In the case of GNU C++, exceptions are
70b88761
RP
2084raised by calling a library function named @code{__raise_exception}
2085which has the following ANSI C interface:
2086
2087@example
b80282d5 2088 /* @var{addr} is where the exception identifier is stored.
70b88761
RP
2089 ID is the exception identifier. */
2090 void __raise_exception (void **@var{addr}, void *@var{id});
2091@end example
2092
2093@noindent
2094To make the debugger catch all exceptions before any stack
2095unwinding takes place, set a breakpoint on @code{__raise_exception}
29a2b744 2096(@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints Watchpoints and Exceptions}).
70b88761 2097
29a2b744
RP
2098With a conditional breakpoint (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions})
2099that depends on the value of @var{id}, you can stop your program when
2100a specific exception is raised. You can use multiple conditional
2101breakpoints to stop your program when any of a number of exceptions are
2102raised.
70b88761
RP
2103
2104@node Delete Breaks, Disabling, Exception Handling, Breakpoints
2105@subsection Deleting Breakpoints
2106
2107@cindex clearing breakpoints, watchpoints
2108@cindex deleting breakpoints, watchpoints
2109It is often necessary to eliminate a breakpoint or watchpoint once it
29a2b744 2110has done its job and you no longer want your program to stop there. This
70b88761
RP
2111is called @dfn{deleting} the breakpoint. A breakpoint that has been
2112deleted no longer exists; it is forgotten.
2113
2114With the @code{clear} command you can delete breakpoints according to
29a2b744 2115where they are in your program. With the @code{delete} command you can
70b88761
RP
2116delete individual breakpoints or watchpoints by specifying their
2117breakpoint numbers.
2118
2119It is not necessary to delete a breakpoint to proceed past it. _GDBN__
2120automatically ignores breakpoints on the first instruction to be executed
2121when you continue execution without changing the execution address.
2122
2123@table @code
2124@item clear
2125@kindex clear
2126Delete any breakpoints at the next instruction to be executed in the
29a2b744
RP
2127selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}). When
2128the innermost frame is selected, this is a good way to delete a
2129breakpoint where your program just stopped.
70b88761
RP
2130
2131@item clear @var{function}
2132@itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{function}
2133Delete any breakpoints set at entry to the function @var{function}.
2134
2135@item clear @var{linenum}
2136@itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{linenum}
2137Delete any breakpoints set at or within the code of the specified line.
2138
2139@item delete @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
2140@cindex delete breakpoints
2141@kindex delete
2142@kindex d
2143Delete the breakpoints or watchpoints of the numbers specified as
2144arguments. If no argument is specified, delete all breakpoints (_GDBN__
1041a570 2145asks confirmation, unless you have @code{set confirm off}). You
70b88761
RP
2146can abbreviate this command as @code{d}.
2147@end table
2148
2149@node Disabling, Conditions, Delete Breaks, Breakpoints
2150@subsection Disabling Breakpoints
2151
2152@cindex disabled breakpoints
2153@cindex enabled breakpoints
2154Rather than deleting a breakpoint or watchpoint, you might prefer to
2155@dfn{disable} it. This makes the breakpoint inoperative as if it had
2156been deleted, but remembers the information on the breakpoint so that
2157you can @dfn{enable} it again later.
2158
2159You disable and enable breakpoints and watchpoints with the
2160@code{enable} and @code{disable} commands, optionally specifying one or
2161more breakpoint numbers as arguments. Use @code{info break} or
2162@code{info watch} to print a list of breakpoints or watchpoints if you
29a2b744 2163do not know which numbers to use.
70b88761
RP
2164
2165A breakpoint or watchpoint can have any of four different states of
2166enablement:
2167
2168@itemize @bullet
2169@item
29a2b744 2170Enabled. The breakpoint will stop your program. A breakpoint set
70b88761
RP
2171with the @code{break} command starts out in this state.
2172@item
29a2b744 2173Disabled. The breakpoint has no effect on your program.
70b88761 2174@item
29a2b744 2175Enabled once. The breakpoint will stop your program, but
70b88761
RP
2176when it does so it will become disabled. A breakpoint set
2177with the @code{tbreak} command starts out in this state.
2178@item
29a2b744 2179Enabled for deletion. The breakpoint will stop your program, but
70b88761
RP
2180immediately after it does so it will be deleted permanently.
2181@end itemize
2182
2183You can use the following commands to enable or disable breakpoints and
2184watchpoints:
2185
2186@table @code
2187@item disable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
2188@kindex disable breakpoints
2189@kindex disable
2190@kindex dis
2191Disable the specified breakpoints---or all breakpoints, if none are
2192listed. A disabled breakpoint has no effect but is not forgotten. All
2193options such as ignore-counts, conditions and commands are remembered in
2194case the breakpoint is enabled again later. You may abbreviate
2195@code{disable} as @code{dis}.
2196
2197@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
2198@kindex enable breakpoints
2199@kindex enable
2200Enable the specified breakpoints (or all defined breakpoints). They
29a2b744 2201become effective once again in stopping your program.
70b88761
RP
2202
2203@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} once @var{bnums}@dots{}
2204Enable the specified breakpoints temporarily. Each will be disabled
29a2b744 2205again the next time it stops your program.
70b88761
RP
2206
2207@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} delete @var{bnums}@dots{}
2208Enable the specified breakpoints to work once and then die. Each of
29a2b744 2209the breakpoints will be deleted the next time it stops your program.
70b88761
RP
2210@end table
2211
29a2b744
RP
2212Save for a breakpoint set with @code{tbreak} (@pxref{Set Breaks,
2213,Setting Breakpoints}), breakpoints that you set are initially
2214enabled; subsequently, they become disabled or enabled only when you
2215use one of the commands above. (The command @code{until} can set and
2216delete a breakpoint of its own, but it will not change the state of
98fe4566 2217your other breakpoints; see @ref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}.)
70b88761
RP
2218
2219@node Conditions, Break Commands, Disabling, Breakpoints
2220@subsection Break Conditions
2221@cindex conditional breakpoints
2222@cindex breakpoint conditions
2223
4906534f
RP
2224@c FIXME what is scope of break condition expr? Context where wanted?
2225@c in particular for a watchpoint?
29a2b744 2226The simplest sort of breakpoint breaks every time your program reaches a
70b88761
RP
2227specified place. You can also specify a @dfn{condition} for a
2228breakpoint. A condition is just a Boolean expression in your
1041a570
RP
2229programming language (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). A breakpoint with
2230a condition evaluates the expression each time your program reaches it,
2231and your program stops only if the condition is @emph{true}.
3d3ab540
RP
2232
2233This is the converse of using assertions for program validation; in that
2234situation, you want to stop when the assertion is violated---that is,
2235when the condition is false. In C, if you want to test an assertion expressed
e251e767 2236by the condition @var{assert}, you should set the condition
3d3ab540 2237@samp{! @var{assert}} on the appropriate breakpoint.
70b88761
RP
2238
2239Conditions are also accepted for watchpoints; you may not need them,
2240since a watchpoint is inspecting the value of an expression anyhow---but
2241it might be simpler, say, to just set a watchpoint on a variable name,
2242and specify a condition that tests whether the new value is an interesting
e251e767 2243one.
70b88761 2244
29a2b744 2245Break conditions can have side effects, and may even call functions in
70b88761 2246your program. This can be useful, for example, to activate functions
29a2b744
RP
2247that log program progress, or to use your own print functions to
2248format special data structures. The effects are completely predictable
2249unless there is another enabled breakpoint at the same address. (In
2250that case, _GDBN__ might see the other breakpoint first and stop your
2251program without checking the condition of this one.) Note that
2252breakpoint commands are usually more convenient and flexible for the
2253purpose of performing side effects when a breakpoint is reached
2254(@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint Command Lists}).
70b88761
RP
2255
2256Break conditions can be specified when a breakpoint is set, by using
29a2b744
RP
2257@samp{if} in the arguments to the @code{break} command. @xref{Set
2258Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}. They can also be changed at any time
2259with the @code{condition} command. The @code{watch} command does not
2260recognize the @code{if} keyword; @code{condition} is the only way to
2261impose a further condition on a watchpoint.
70b88761 2262
e251e767
RP
2263@table @code
2264@item condition @var{bnum} @var{expression}
2265@kindex condition
70b88761
RP
2266Specify @var{expression} as the break condition for breakpoint or
2267watchpoint number @var{bnum}. From now on, this breakpoint will stop
29a2b744 2268your program only if the value of @var{expression} is true (nonzero, in
70b88761
RP
2269C). When you use @code{condition}, _GDBN__ checks @var{expression}
2270immediately for syntactic correctness, and to determine whether symbols
1041a570 2271in it have referents in the context of your breakpoint.
29a2b744 2272@c FIXME so what does GDB do if there is no referent? Moreover, what
4906534f
RP
2273@c about watchpoints?
2274_GDBN__ does
70b88761 2275not actually evaluate @var{expression} at the time the @code{condition}
1041a570 2276command is given, however. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
70b88761
RP
2277
2278@item condition @var{bnum}
2279Remove the condition from breakpoint number @var{bnum}. It becomes
2280an ordinary unconditional breakpoint.
2281@end table
2282
2283@cindex ignore count (of breakpoint)
2284A special case of a breakpoint condition is to stop only when the
2285breakpoint has been reached a certain number of times. This is so
2286useful that there is a special way to do it, using the @dfn{ignore
2287count} of the breakpoint. Every breakpoint has an ignore count, which
2288is an integer. Most of the time, the ignore count is zero, and
29a2b744 2289therefore has no effect. But if your program reaches a breakpoint whose
70b88761
RP
2290ignore count is positive, then instead of stopping, it just decrements
2291the ignore count by one and continues. As a result, if the ignore count
2292value is @var{n}, the breakpoint will not stop the next @var{n} times it
2293is reached.
2294
2295@table @code
2296@item ignore @var{bnum} @var{count}
2297@kindex ignore
2298Set the ignore count of breakpoint number @var{bnum} to @var{count}.
2299The next @var{count} times the breakpoint is reached, your program's
2300execution will not stop; other than to decrement the ignore count, _GDBN__
2301takes no action.
2302
2303To make the breakpoint stop the next time it is reached, specify
2304a count of zero.
2305
2306@item continue @var{count}
2307@itemx c @var{count}
2308@itemx fg @var{count}
2309@kindex continue @var{count}
29a2b744
RP
2310Continue execution of your program, setting the ignore count of the
2311breakpoint where your program stopped to @var{count} minus one.
2312Thus, your program will not stop at this breakpoint until the
70b88761
RP
2313@var{count}'th time it is reached.
2314
29a2b744 2315An argument to this command is meaningful only when your program stopped
70b88761
RP
2316due to a breakpoint. At other times, the argument to @code{continue} is
2317ignored.
2318
2319The synonym @code{fg} is provided purely for convenience, and has
2320exactly the same behavior as other forms of the command.
2321@end table
2322
2323If a breakpoint has a positive ignore count and a condition, the condition
2324is not checked. Once the ignore count reaches zero, the condition will
2325be checked.
2326
29a2b744 2327You could achieve the effect of the ignore count with a condition such
1041a570
RP
2328as _0__@w{@samp{$foo-- <= 0}}_1__ using a debugger convenience variable that
2329is decremented each time. @xref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
2330Variables}.
70b88761
RP
2331
2332@node Break Commands, Breakpoint Menus, Conditions, Breakpoints
2333@subsection Breakpoint Command Lists
2334
2335@cindex breakpoint commands
2336You can give any breakpoint (or watchpoint) a series of commands to
29a2b744 2337execute when your program stops due to that breakpoint. For example, you
70b88761
RP
2338might want to print the values of certain expressions, or enable other
2339breakpoints.
2340
2341@table @code
2342@item commands @r{[}@var{bnum}@r{]}
2343@itemx @dots{} @var{command-list} @dots{}
2344@itemx end
2345@kindex commands
2346@kindex end
2347Specify a list of commands for breakpoint number @var{bnum}. The commands
2348themselves appear on the following lines. Type a line containing just
2349@code{end} to terminate the commands.
2350
203eea5d
RP
2351To remove all commands from a breakpoint, type @code{commands} and
2352follow it immediately with @code{end}; that is, give no commands.
70b88761
RP
2353
2354With no @var{bnum} argument, @code{commands} refers to the last
2355breakpoint or watchpoint set (not to the breakpoint most recently
2356encountered).
2357@end table
2358
2359Pressing @key{RET} as a means of repeating the last _GDBN__ command is
2360disabled within a @var{command-list}.
2361
29a2b744 2362You can use breakpoint commands to start your program up again. Simply
70b88761
RP
2363use the @code{continue} command, or @code{step}, or any other command
2364that resumes execution. Subsequent commands in the command list are
2365ignored.
2366
2367@kindex silent
2368If the first command specified is @code{silent}, the usual message about
2369stopping at a breakpoint is not printed. This may be desirable for
2370breakpoints that are to print a specific message and then continue.
2371If the remaining commands too print nothing, you will see no sign that
e251e767 2372the breakpoint was reached at all. @code{silent} is meaningful only
70b88761
RP
2373at the beginning of a breakpoint command list.
2374
29a2b744
RP
2375The commands @code{echo} and @code{output} that allow you to print
2376precisely controlled output are often useful in silent breakpoints.
2377@xref{Output, ,Commands for Controlled Output}.
70b88761
RP
2378
2379For example, here is how you could use breakpoint commands to print the
2380value of @code{x} at entry to @code{foo} whenever @code{x} is positive.
2381
2382_0__@example
2383break foo if x>0
2384commands
2385silent
2386echo x is\040
2387output x
2388echo \n
2389cont
2390end
2391_1__@end example
2392
2393One application for breakpoint commands is to compensate for one bug so
2394you can test for another. Put a breakpoint just after the erroneous line
2395of code, give it a condition to detect the case in which something
2396erroneous has been done, and give it commands to assign correct values
2397to any variables that need them. End with the @code{continue} command
29a2b744 2398so that your program does not stop, and start with the @code{silent}
70b88761
RP
2399command so that no output is produced. Here is an example:
2400
2401@example
2402break 403
2403commands
2404silent
2405set x = y + 4
2406cont
2407end
2408@end example
2409
2410@cindex lost output
2411One deficiency in the operation of automatically continuing breakpoints
2412under Unix appears when your program uses raw mode for the terminal.
2413_GDBN__ switches back to its own terminal modes (not raw) before executing
2414commands, and then must switch back to raw mode when your program is
e251e767 2415continued. This causes any pending terminal input to be lost.
70b88761
RP
2416@c FIXME: revisit below when GNU sys avail.
2417@c In the GNU system, this will be fixed by changing the behavior of
2418@c terminal modes.
2419
2420Under Unix, you can get around this problem by writing actions into
2421the breakpoint condition rather than in commands. For example
2422
2423@example
2424condition 5 (x = y + 4), 0
2425@end example
2426
2427@noindent
1041a570
RP
2428specifies a condition expression (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}) that will
2429change @code{x} as needed, then always have the value zero so your
2430program will not stop. No input is lost here, because _GDBN__ evaluates
2431break conditions without changing the terminal modes. When you want
2432to have nontrivial conditions for performing the side effects, the
2433operators @samp{&&}, @samp{||} and @samp{?@dots{}:} may be useful.
70b88761
RP
2434
2435@node Breakpoint Menus, Error in Breakpoints, Break Commands, Breakpoints
2436@subsection Breakpoint Menus
b80282d5 2437@cindex overloading
e251e767 2438@cindex symbol overloading
70b88761
RP
2439
2440Some programming languages (notably C++) permit a single function name
2441to be defined several times, for application in different contexts.
2442This is called @dfn{overloading}. When a function name is overloaded,
2443@samp{break @var{function}} is not enough to tell _GDBN__ where you
2444want a breakpoint. _GDBN__ offers you a menu of numbered choices for
2445different possible breakpoints, and waits for your selection with the
2446prompt @samp{>}. The first two options are always @samp{[0] cancel}
2447and @samp{[1] all}. Typing @kbd{1} sets a breakpoint at each
2448definition of @var{function}, and typing @kbd{0} aborts the
2449@code{break} command without setting any new breakpoints.
2450
2451For example, the following session excerpt shows an attempt to set a
e251e767 2452breakpoint at the overloaded symbol @code{String::after}.
70b88761
RP
2453We choose three particular definitions of that function name:
2454
2455@example
2456(_GDBP__) b String::after
2457[0] cancel
2458[1] all
2459[2] file:String.cc; line number:867
2460[3] file:String.cc; line number:860
2461[4] file:String.cc; line number:875
2462[5] file:String.cc; line number:853
2463[6] file:String.cc; line number:846
2464[7] file:String.cc; line number:735
2465> 2 4 6
2466Breakpoint 1 at 0xb26c: file String.cc, line 867.
2467Breakpoint 2 at 0xb344: file String.cc, line 875.
2468Breakpoint 3 at 0xafcc: file String.cc, line 846.
2469Multiple breakpoints were set.
2470Use the "delete" command to delete unwanted breakpoints.
e251e767 2471(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
2472@end example
2473
70b88761
RP
2474@node Error in Breakpoints, , Breakpoint Menus, Breakpoints
2475@subsection ``Cannot Insert Breakpoints''
2476
e251e767 2477@c FIXME: "cannot insert breakpoints" error, v unclear.
70b88761 2478@c Q in pending mail to Gilmore. ---pesch@cygnus.com, 26mar91
e251e767 2479@c some light may be shed by looking at instances of
d24e0922 2480@c ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT. But error message seems possible otherwise
c338a2fd 2481@c too. pesch, 20sep91
70b88761
RP
2482Under some operating systems, breakpoints cannot be used in a program if
2483any other process is running that program. In this situation,
2484attempting to run or continue a program with a breakpoint causes _GDBN__
2485to stop the other process.
2486
2487When this happens, you have three ways to proceed:
2488
2489@enumerate
2490@item
2491Remove or disable the breakpoints, then continue.
2492
2493@item
29a2b744 2494Suspend _GDBN__, and copy the file containing your program to a new name.
70b88761 2495Resume _GDBN__ and use the @code{exec-file} command to specify that _GDBN__
29a2b744 2496should run your program under that name. Then start your program again.
70b88761
RP
2497
2498@c FIXME: RMS commented here "Show example". Maybe when someone
2499@c explains the first FIXME: in this section...
2500
2501@item
29a2b744 2502Relink your program so that the text segment is nonsharable, using the
70b88761
RP
2503linker option @samp{-N}. The operating system limitation may not apply
2504to nonsharable executables.
2505@end enumerate
2506
3d3ab540
RP
2507@node Continuing and Stepping, Signals, Breakpoints, Stopping
2508@section Continuing and Stepping
70b88761
RP
2509
2510@cindex stepping
7463aadd
RP
2511@cindex continuing
2512@cindex resuming execution
3d3ab540 2513@dfn{Continuing} means resuming program execution until your program
cedaf8bc
RP
2514completes normally. In contrast, @dfn{stepping} means executing just
2515one more ``step'' of your program, where ``step'' may mean either one
2516line of source code, or one machine instruction (depending on what
2517particular command you use). Either when continuing
29a2b744 2518or when stepping, your program may stop even sooner, due to a breakpoint
cedaf8bc 2519or to a signal. (If due to a signal, you may want to use @code{handle},
1041a570 2520or use @samp{signal 0} to resume execution. @xref{Signals, ,Signals}.)
3d3ab540
RP
2521
2522@table @code
2523@item continue @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]}
2524@kindex continue
29a2b744 2525Resume program execution, at the address where your program last stopped;
3d3ab540
RP
2526any breakpoints set at that address are bypassed. The optional argument
2527@var{ignore-count} allows you to specify a further number of times to
2528ignore a breakpoint at this location; its effect is like that of
29a2b744 2529@code{ignore} (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions}).
3d3ab540
RP
2530
2531To resume execution at a different place, you can use @code{return}
29a2b744
RP
2532(@pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a Function}) to go back to the
2533calling function; or @code{jump} (@pxref{Jumping, ,Continuing at a
1041a570 2534Different Address}) to go to an arbitrary location in your program.
3d3ab540 2535@end table
7463aadd
RP
2536
2537A typical technique for using stepping is to set a breakpoint
29a2b744
RP
2538(@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints Watchpoints and Exceptions}) at the
2539beginning of the function or the section of your program where a
2540problem is believed to lie, run your program until it stops at that
2541breakpoint, and then step through the suspect area, examining the
2542variables that are interesting, until you see the problem happen.
70b88761
RP
2543
2544@table @code
2545@item step
2546@kindex step
2547@kindex s
29a2b744 2548Continue running your program until control reaches a different source
7463aadd 2549line, then stop it and return control to _GDBN__. This command is
70b88761
RP
2550abbreviated @code{s}.
2551
3d3ab540
RP
2552@quotation
2553@emph{Warning:} If you use the @code{step} command while control is
2554within a function that was compiled without debugging information,
2555execution will proceed until control reaches another function.
2556@end quotation
70b88761
RP
2557
2558@item step @var{count}
2559Continue running as in @code{step}, but do so @var{count} times. If a
2560breakpoint is reached or a signal not related to stepping occurs before
2561@var{count} steps, stepping stops right away.
2562
7463aadd 2563@item next @r{[}@var{count}@r{]}
70b88761
RP
2564@kindex next
2565@kindex n
7463aadd
RP
2566Continue to the next source line in the current (innermost) stack frame.
2567Similar to @code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the line
2568of code are executed without stopping. Execution stops when control
2569reaches a different line of code at the stack level which was executing
2570when the @code{next} command was given. This command is abbreviated
2571@code{n}.
70b88761 2572
7463aadd 2573An argument @var{count} is a repeat count, as for @code{step}.
70b88761
RP
2574
2575@code{next} within a function that lacks debugging information acts like
2576@code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the code of the
2577function are executed without stopping.
2578
2579@item finish
2580@kindex finish
7463aadd
RP
2581Continue running until just after function in the selected stack frame
2582returns. Print the returned value (if any).
70b88761 2583
29a2b744 2584Contrast this with the @code{return} command (@pxref{Returning,
1041a570 2585,Returning from a Function}).
70b88761
RP
2586
2587@item until
2588@kindex until
2589@item u
2590@kindex u
2591Continue running until a source line past the current line, in the
2592current stack frame, is reached. This command is used to avoid single
2593stepping through a loop more than once. It is like the @code{next}
2594command, except that when @code{until} encounters a jump, it
2595automatically continues execution until the program counter is greater
2596than the address of the jump.
2597
2598This means that when you reach the end of a loop after single stepping
29a2b744 2599though it, @code{until} will cause your program to continue execution
70b88761
RP
2600until the loop is exited. In contrast, a @code{next} command at the end
2601of a loop will simply step back to the beginning of the loop, which
2602would force you to step through the next iteration.
2603
29a2b744 2604@code{until} always stops your program if it attempts to exit the current
70b88761
RP
2605stack frame.
2606
2607@code{until} may produce somewhat counterintuitive results if the order
7463aadd 2608of machine code does not match the order of the source lines. For
70b88761
RP
2609example, in the following excerpt from a debugging session, the @code{f}
2610(@code{frame}) command shows that execution is stopped at line
2611@code{206}; yet when we use @code{until}, we get to line @code{195}:
2612
2613@example
2614(_GDBP__) f
2615#0 main (argc=4, argv=0xf7fffae8) at m4.c:206
b80282d5 2616206 expand_input();
70b88761 2617(_GDBP__) until
b80282d5 2618195 for ( ; argc > 0; NEXTARG) @{
70b88761
RP
2619@end example
2620
7463aadd
RP
2621This happened because, for execution efficiency, the compiler had
2622generated code for the loop closure test at the end, rather than the
2623start, of the loop---even though the test in a C @code{for}-loop is
2624written before the body of the loop. The @code{until} command appeared
2625to step back to the beginning of the loop when it advanced to this
2626expression; however, it has not really gone to an earlier
2627statement---not in terms of the actual machine code.
70b88761
RP
2628
2629@code{until} with no argument works by means of single
2630instruction stepping, and hence is slower than @code{until} with an
2631argument.
2632
2633@item until @var{location}
2634@item u @var{location}
29a2b744
RP
2635Continue running your program until either the specified location is
2636reached, or the current stack frame returns. @var{location} is any of
2637the forms of argument acceptable to @code{break} (@pxref{Set Breaks,
2638,Setting Breakpoints}). This form of the command uses breakpoints,
1041a570 2639and hence is quicker than @code{until} without an argument.
70b88761
RP
2640
2641@item stepi
2642@itemx si
2643@kindex stepi
2644@kindex si
2645Execute one machine instruction, then stop and return to the debugger.
2646
2647It is often useful to do @samp{display/i $pc} when stepping by machine
2648instructions. This will cause the next instruction to be executed to
29a2b744
RP
2649be displayed automatically at each stop. @xref{Auto Display,
2650,Automatic Display}.
70b88761
RP
2651
2652An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{step}.
2653
2654@item nexti
2655@itemx ni
2656@kindex nexti
2657@kindex ni
2658Execute one machine instruction, but if it is a function call,
2659proceed until the function returns.
2660
2661An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{next}.
70b88761
RP
2662@end table
2663
3d3ab540 2664@node Signals, , Continuing and Stepping, Stopping
70b88761
RP
2665@section Signals
2666@cindex signals
2667
2668A signal is an asynchronous event that can happen in a program. The
2669operating system defines the possible kinds of signals, and gives each
2670kind a name and a number. For example, in Unix @code{SIGINT} is the
2671signal a program gets when you type an interrupt (often @kbd{C-c});
2672@code{SIGSEGV} is the signal a program gets from referencing a place in
2673memory far away from all the areas in use; @code{SIGALRM} occurs when
29a2b744 2674the alarm clock timer goes off (which happens only if your program has
70b88761
RP
2675requested an alarm).
2676
2677@cindex fatal signals
2678Some signals, including @code{SIGALRM}, are a normal part of the
29a2b744
RP
2679functioning of your program. Others, such as @code{SIGSEGV}, indicate
2680errors; these signals are @dfn{fatal} (kill your program immediately) if the
70b88761 2681program has not specified in advance some other way to handle the signal.
29a2b744 2682@code{SIGINT} does not indicate an error in your program, but it is normally
70b88761
RP
2683fatal so it can carry out the purpose of the interrupt: to kill the program.
2684
29a2b744
RP
2685_GDBN__ has the ability to detect any occurrence of a signal in your
2686program. You can tell _GDBN__ in advance what to do for each kind of
2687signal.
70b88761
RP
2688
2689@cindex handling signals
2690Normally, _GDBN__ is set up to ignore non-erroneous signals like @code{SIGALRM}
29a2b744
RP
2691(so as not to interfere with their role in the functioning of your program)
2692but to stop your program immediately whenever an error signal happens.
70b88761
RP
2693You can change these settings with the @code{handle} command.
2694
2695@table @code
2696@item info signals
2697@kindex info signals
2698Print a table of all the kinds of signals and how _GDBN__ has been told to
2699handle each one. You can use this to see the signal numbers of all
2700the defined types of signals.
2701
2702@item handle @var{signal} @var{keywords}@dots{}
2703@kindex handle
2704Change the way _GDBN__ handles signal @var{signal}. @var{signal} can be the
2705number of a signal or its name (with or without the @samp{SIG} at the
2706beginning). The @var{keywords} say what change to make.
2707@end table
2708
2709@c @group
2710The keywords allowed by the @code{handle} command can be abbreviated.
2711Their full names are:
2712
2713@table @code
2714@item nostop
29a2b744 2715_GDBN__ should not stop your program when this signal happens. It may
70b88761
RP
2716still print a message telling you that the signal has come in.
2717
2718@item stop
29a2b744 2719_GDBN__ should stop your program when this signal happens. This implies
70b88761
RP
2720the @code{print} keyword as well.
2721
2722@item print
2723_GDBN__ should print a message when this signal happens.
2724
2725@item noprint
2726_GDBN__ should not mention the occurrence of the signal at all. This
2727implies the @code{nostop} keyword as well.
2728
2729@item pass
29a2b744 2730_GDBN__ should allow your program to see this signal; your program will be
70b88761
RP
2731able to handle the signal, or may be terminated if the signal is fatal
2732and not handled.
2733
2734@item nopass
29a2b744 2735_GDBN__ should not allow your program to see this signal.
70b88761
RP
2736@end table
2737@c @end group
2738
29a2b744 2739When a signal has been set to stop your program, your program cannot see the
70b88761 2740signal until you continue. It will see the signal then, if @code{pass} is
6ca72cc6 2741in effect for the signal in question @emph{at that time}. In other words,
70b88761
RP
2742after _GDBN__ reports a signal, you can use the @code{handle} command with
2743@code{pass} or @code{nopass} to control whether that signal will be seen by
29a2b744 2744your program when you later continue it.
70b88761 2745
29a2b744 2746You can also use the @code{signal} command to prevent your program from
70b88761 2747seeing a signal, or cause it to see a signal it normally would not see,
29a2b744 2748or to give it any signal at any time. For example, if your program stopped
7463aadd
RP
2749due to some sort of memory reference error, you might store correct
2750values into the erroneous variables and continue, hoping to see more
29a2b744
RP
2751execution; but your program would probably terminate immediately as
2752a result of the fatal signal once it saw the signal. To prevent this,
2753you can continue with @samp{signal 0}. @xref{Signaling, ,Giving your
2754Program a Signal}.
70b88761
RP
2755
2756@node Stack, Source, Stopping, Top
2757@chapter Examining the Stack
2758
2759When your program has stopped, the first thing you need to know is where it
2760stopped and how it got there.
2761
2762@cindex call stack
2763Each time your program performs a function call, the information about
29a2b744 2764where in your program the call was made from is saved in a block of data
70b88761
RP
2765called a @dfn{stack frame}. The frame also contains the arguments of the
2766call and the local variables of the function that was called. All the
2767stack frames are allocated in a region of memory called the @dfn{call
2768stack}.
2769
2770When your program stops, the _GDBN__ commands for examining the stack allow you
2771to see all of this information.
2772
2773@cindex selected frame
2774One of the stack frames is @dfn{selected} by _GDBN__ and many _GDBN__ commands
2775refer implicitly to the selected frame. In particular, whenever you ask
29a2b744 2776_GDBN__ for the value of a variable in your program, the value is found in the
70b88761
RP
2777selected frame. There are special _GDBN__ commands to select whichever frame
2778you are interested in.
2779
29a2b744 2780When your program stops, _GDBN__ automatically selects the currently executing
70b88761 2781frame and describes it briefly as the @code{frame} command does
29a2b744 2782(@pxref{Frame Info, ,Information About a Frame}).
70b88761
RP
2783
2784@menu
b80282d5
RP
2785* Frames:: Stack Frames
2786* Backtrace:: Backtraces
2787* Selection:: Selecting a Frame
2788* Frame Info:: Information on a Frame
70b88761
RP
2789@end menu
2790
2791@node Frames, Backtrace, Stack, Stack
2792@section Stack Frames
2793
2794@cindex frame
2795@cindex stack frame
2796The call stack is divided up into contiguous pieces called @dfn{stack
2797frames}, or @dfn{frames} for short; each frame is the data associated
2798with one call to one function. The frame contains the arguments given
2799to the function, the function's local variables, and the address at
2800which the function is executing.
2801
2802@cindex initial frame
2803@cindex outermost frame
2804@cindex innermost frame
2805When your program is started, the stack has only one frame, that of the
2806function @code{main}. This is called the @dfn{initial} frame or the
2807@dfn{outermost} frame. Each time a function is called, a new frame is
2808made. Each time a function returns, the frame for that function invocation
2809is eliminated. If a function is recursive, there can be many frames for
2810the same function. The frame for the function in which execution is
2811actually occurring is called the @dfn{innermost} frame. This is the most
2812recently created of all the stack frames that still exist.
2813
2814@cindex frame pointer
2815Inside your program, stack frames are identified by their addresses. A
2816stack frame consists of many bytes, each of which has its own address; each
2817kind of computer has a convention for choosing one of those bytes whose
2818address serves as the address of the frame. Usually this address is kept
2819in a register called the @dfn{frame pointer register} while execution is
2820going on in that frame.
2821
2822@cindex frame number
2823_GDBN__ assigns numbers to all existing stack frames, starting with
2824zero for the innermost frame, one for the frame that called it,
2825and so on upward. These numbers do not really exist in your program;
2826they are assigned by _GDBN__ to give you a way of designating stack
2827frames in _GDBN__ commands.
2828
2829@cindex frameless execution
2830Some compilers allow functions to be compiled so that they operate
2831without stack frames. (For example, the @code{_GCC__} option
2832@samp{-fomit-frame-pointer} will generate functions without a frame.)
2833This is occasionally done with heavily used library functions to save
2834the frame setup time. _GDBN__ has limited facilities for dealing with
2835these function invocations. If the innermost function invocation has no
2836stack frame, _GDBN__ will nevertheless regard it as though it had a
2837separate frame, which is numbered zero as usual, allowing correct
2838tracing of the function call chain. However, _GDBN__ has no provision
2839for frameless functions elsewhere in the stack.
2840
2841@node Backtrace, Selection, Frames, Stack
2842@section Backtraces
2843
29a2b744 2844A backtrace is a summary of how your program got where it is. It shows one
70b88761
RP
2845line per frame, for many frames, starting with the currently executing
2846frame (frame zero), followed by its caller (frame one), and on up the
2847stack.
2848
2849@table @code
2850@item backtrace
2851@itemx bt
2852@kindex backtrace
2853@kindex bt
2854Print a backtrace of the entire stack: one line per frame for all
2855frames in the stack.
2856
2857You can stop the backtrace at any time by typing the system interrupt
2858character, normally @kbd{C-c}.
2859
2860@item backtrace @var{n}
2861@itemx bt @var{n}
2862Similar, but print only the innermost @var{n} frames.
2863
2864@item backtrace -@var{n}
2865@itemx bt -@var{n}
2866Similar, but print only the outermost @var{n} frames.
2867@end table
2868
2869@kindex where
2870@kindex info stack
2871@kindex info s
2872The names @code{where} and @code{info stack} (abbreviated @code{info s})
2873are additional aliases for @code{backtrace}.
2874
2875Each line in the backtrace shows the frame number and the function name.
2876The program counter value is also shown---unless you use @code{set
2877print address off}. The backtrace also shows the source file name and
2878line number, as well as the arguments to the function. The program
2879counter value is omitted if it is at the beginning of the code for that
2880line number.
2881
2882Here is an example of a backtrace. It was made with the command
2883@samp{bt 3}, so it shows the innermost three frames.
2884
2885@smallexample
2886@group
203eea5d
RP
2887#0 m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8)
2888 at builtin.c:993
70b88761
RP
2889#1 0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=0x2b600) at macro.c:242
2890#2 0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=177664, td=0xf7fffb08)
2891 at macro.c:71
2892(More stack frames follow...)
2893@end group
2894@end smallexample
2895
2896@noindent
29a2b744
RP
2897The display for frame zero does not begin with a program counter
2898value, indicating that your program has stopped at the beginning of the
70b88761
RP
2899code for line @code{993} of @code{builtin.c}.
2900
2901@node Selection, Frame Info, Backtrace, Stack
2902@section Selecting a Frame
2903
29a2b744 2904Most commands for examining the stack and other data in your program work on
70b88761
RP
2905whichever stack frame is selected at the moment. Here are the commands for
2906selecting a stack frame; all of them finish by printing a brief description
2907of the stack frame just selected.
2908
2909@table @code
2910@item frame @var{n}
2911@itemx f @var{n}
2912@kindex frame
2913@kindex f
2914Select frame number @var{n}. Recall that frame zero is the innermost
2915(currently executing) frame, frame one is the frame that called the
2916innermost one, and so on. The highest-numbered frame is @code{main}'s
2917frame.
2918
2919@item frame @var{addr}
2920@itemx f @var{addr}
2921Select the frame at address @var{addr}. This is useful mainly if the
2922chaining of stack frames has been damaged by a bug, making it
2923impossible for _GDBN__ to assign numbers properly to all frames. In
29a2b744 2924addition, this can be useful when your program has multiple stacks and
70b88761
RP
2925switches between them.
2926
c728f1f0 2927_if__(_SPARC__)
70b88761 2928On the SPARC architecture, @code{frame} needs two addresses to
e251e767 2929select an arbitrary frame: a frame pointer and a stack pointer.
70b88761
RP
2930@c note to future updaters: this is conditioned on a flag
2931@c FRAME_SPECIFICATION_DYADIC in the tm-*.h files, currently only used
2932@c by SPARC, hence the specific attribution. Generalize or list all
2933@c possibilities if more supported machines start doing this.
c728f1f0 2934_fi__(_SPARC__)
70b88761
RP
2935
2936@item up @var{n}
2937@kindex up
2938Move @var{n} frames up the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this
2939advances toward the outermost frame, to higher frame numbers, to frames
2940that have existed longer. @var{n} defaults to one.
2941
2942@item down @var{n}
2943@kindex down
2944@kindex do
2945Move @var{n} frames down the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this
2946advances toward the innermost frame, to lower frame numbers, to frames
2947that were created more recently. @var{n} defaults to one. You may
2948abbreviate @code{down} as @code{do}.
2949@end table
2950
2951All of these commands end by printing two lines of output describing the
2952frame. The first line shows the frame number, the function name, the
2953arguments, and the source file and line number of execution in that
2954frame. The second line shows the text of that source line. For
2955example:
2956
2957@smallexample
29a2b744 2958@group
70b88761 2959(_GDBP__) up
203eea5d
RP
2960#1 0x22f0 in main (argc=1, argv=0xf7fffbf4, env=0xf7fffbfc)
2961 at env.c:10
70b88761 296210 read_input_file (argv[i]);
29a2b744 2963@end group
70b88761
RP
2964@end smallexample
2965
29a2b744
RP
2966After such a printout, the @code{list} command with no arguments will
2967print ten lines centered on the point of execution in the frame.
2968@xref{List, ,Printing Source Lines}.
70b88761
RP
2969
2970@table @code
2971@item up-silently @var{n}
2972@itemx down-silently @var{n}
2973@kindex down-silently
2974@kindex up-silently
2975These two commands are variants of @code{up} and @code{down},
2976respectively; they differ in that they do their work silently, without
2977causing display of the new frame. They are intended primarily for use
2978in _GDBN__ command scripts, where the output might be unnecessary and
e251e767 2979distracting.
70b88761
RP
2980@end table
2981
2982@node Frame Info, , Selection, Stack
2983@section Information About a Frame
2984
2985There are several other commands to print information about the selected
2986stack frame.
2987
2988@table @code
2989@item frame
2990@itemx f
29a2b744
RP
2991When used without any argument, this command does not change which
2992frame is selected, but prints a brief description of the currently
70b88761 2993selected stack frame. It can be abbreviated @code{f}. With an
29a2b744
RP
2994argument, this command is used to select a stack frame
2995(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}).
70b88761
RP
2996
2997@item info frame
70b88761 2998@itemx info f
29a2b744 2999@kindex info frame
70b88761
RP
3000@kindex info f
3001This command prints a verbose description of the selected stack frame,
3002including the address of the frame, the addresses of the next frame down
c2bbbb22
RP
3003(called by this frame) and the next frame up (caller of this frame), the
3004language that the source code corresponding to this frame was written in,
70b88761
RP
3005the address of the frame's arguments, the program counter saved in it
3006(the address of execution in the caller frame), and which registers
3007were saved in the frame. The verbose description is useful when
3008something has gone wrong that has made the stack format fail to fit
3009the usual conventions.
3010
3011@item info frame @var{addr}
3012@itemx info f @var{addr}
3013Print a verbose description of the frame at address @var{addr},
3014without selecting that frame. The selected frame remains unchanged by
3015this command.
3016
3017@item info args
3018@kindex info args
3019Print the arguments of the selected frame, each on a separate line.
3020
3021@item info locals
3022@kindex info locals
3023Print the local variables of the selected frame, each on a separate
3024line. These are all variables declared static or automatic within all
3025program blocks that execution in this frame is currently inside of.
3026
3027@item info catch
3028@kindex info catch
3029@cindex catch exceptions
3030@cindex exception handlers
3031Print a list of all the exception handlers that are active in the
3032current stack frame at the current point of execution. To see other
3033exception handlers, visit the associated frame (using the @code{up},
3034@code{down}, or @code{frame} commands); then type @code{info catch}.
1041a570 3035@xref{Exception Handling, ,Breakpoints and Exceptions}.
70b88761
RP
3036@end table
3037
3038@node Source, Data, Stack, Top
3039@chapter Examining Source Files
3040
3041_GDBN__ can print parts of your program's source, since the debugging
1041a570
RP
3042information recorded in your program tells _GDBN__ what source files were
3043used to build it. When your program stops, _GDBN__ spontaneously prints
3044the line where it stopped. Likewise, when you select a stack frame
3045(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}), _GDBN__ prints the line where
3046execution in that frame has stopped. You can print other portions of
3047source files by explicit command.
70b88761 3048
1041a570
RP
3049If you use _GDBN__ through its GNU Emacs interface, you may prefer to use
3050Emacs facilities to view source; @pxref{Emacs, ,Using _GDBN__ under GNU
3051Emacs}.
70b88761
RP
3052
3053@menu
b80282d5
RP
3054* List:: Printing Source Lines
3055* Search:: Searching Source Files
3056* Source Path:: Specifying Source Directories
3057* Machine Code:: Source and Machine Code
70b88761
RP
3058@end menu
3059
3060@node List, Search, Source, Source
3061@section Printing Source Lines
3062
3063@kindex list
3064@kindex l
3065To print lines from a source file, use the @code{list} command
3066(abbreviated @code{l}). There are several ways to specify what part
3067of the file you want to print.
3068
3069Here are the forms of the @code{list} command most commonly used:
3070
3071@table @code
3072@item list @var{linenum}
c338a2fd 3073Print lines centered around line number @var{linenum} in the
70b88761
RP
3074current source file.
3075
3076@item list @var{function}
c338a2fd 3077Print lines centered around the beginning of function
70b88761
RP
3078@var{function}.
3079
3080@item list
c338a2fd
RP
3081Print more lines. If the last lines printed were printed with a
3082@code{list} command, this prints lines following the last lines
70b88761 3083printed; however, if the last line printed was a solitary line printed
29a2b744 3084as part of displaying a stack frame (@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the
1041a570 3085Stack}), this prints lines centered around that line.
70b88761
RP
3086
3087@item list -
c338a2fd
RP
3088Print lines just before the lines last printed.
3089@end table
3090
3091By default, _GDBN__ prints ten source lines with any of these forms of
3092the @code{list} command. You can change this using @code{set listsize}:
3093
3094@table @code
3095@item set listsize @var{count}
3096@kindex set listsize
3097Make the @code{list} command display @var{count} source lines (unless
3098the @code{list} argument explicitly specifies some other number).
3099
3100@item show listsize
3101@kindex show listsize
3102Display the number of lines that @code{list} will currently display by
e251e767 3103default.
70b88761
RP
3104@end table
3105
3106Repeating a @code{list} command with @key{RET} discards the argument,
3107so it is equivalent to typing just @code{list}. This is more useful
3108than listing the same lines again. An exception is made for an
3109argument of @samp{-}; that argument is preserved in repetition so that
3110each repetition moves up in the source file.
3111
3112@cindex linespec
3113In general, the @code{list} command expects you to supply zero, one or two
3114@dfn{linespecs}. Linespecs specify source lines; there are several ways
3115of writing them but the effect is always to specify some source line.
3116Here is a complete description of the possible arguments for @code{list}:
3117
3118@table @code
3119@item list @var{linespec}
c338a2fd 3120Print lines centered around the line specified by @var{linespec}.
70b88761
RP
3121
3122@item list @var{first},@var{last}
3123Print lines from @var{first} to @var{last}. Both arguments are
3124linespecs.
3125
3126@item list ,@var{last}
c338a2fd 3127Print lines ending with @var{last}.
70b88761
RP
3128
3129@item list @var{first},
c338a2fd 3130Print lines starting with @var{first}.
70b88761
RP
3131
3132@item list +
c338a2fd 3133Print lines just after the lines last printed.
70b88761
RP
3134
3135@item list -
c338a2fd 3136Print lines just before the lines last printed.
70b88761
RP
3137
3138@item list
3139As described in the preceding table.
3140@end table
3141
3142Here are the ways of specifying a single source line---all the
3143kinds of linespec.
3144
3145@table @code
3146@item @var{number}
3147Specifies line @var{number} of the current source file.
3148When a @code{list} command has two linespecs, this refers to
3149the same source file as the first linespec.
3150
3151@item +@var{offset}
3152Specifies the line @var{offset} lines after the last line printed.
3153When used as the second linespec in a @code{list} command that has
3154two, this specifies the line @var{offset} lines down from the
3155first linespec.
3156
3157@item -@var{offset}
3158Specifies the line @var{offset} lines before the last line printed.
3159
3160@item @var{filename}:@var{number}
3161Specifies line @var{number} in the source file @var{filename}.
3162
3163@item @var{function}
3164@c FIXME: "of the open-brace" is C-centric. When we add other langs...
3165Specifies the line of the open-brace that begins the body of the
3166function @var{function}.
3167
3168@item @var{filename}:@var{function}
3169Specifies the line of the open-brace that begins the body of the
3170function @var{function} in the file @var{filename}. You only need the
3171file name with a function name to avoid ambiguity when there are
3172identically named functions in different source files.
3173
3174@item *@var{address}
3175Specifies the line containing the program address @var{address}.
3176@var{address} may be any expression.
3177@end table
3178
3179@node Search, Source Path, List, Source
3180@section Searching Source Files
3181@cindex searching
3182@kindex reverse-search
3183
3184There are two commands for searching through the current source file for a
3185regular expression.
3186
3187@table @code
3188@item forward-search @var{regexp}
3189@itemx search @var{regexp}
3190@kindex search
3191@kindex forward-search
1041a570
RP
3192The command @samp{forward-search @var{regexp}} checks each line,
3193starting with the one following the last line listed, for a match for
3194@var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can use
3195synonym @samp{search @var{regexp}} or abbreviate the command name as
3196@code{fo}.
70b88761
RP
3197
3198@item reverse-search @var{regexp}
3199The command @samp{reverse-search @var{regexp}} checks each line, starting
3200with the one before the last line listed and going backward, for a match
3201for @var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can abbreviate
3202this command as @code{rev}.
3203@end table
3204
3205@node Source Path, Machine Code, Search, Source
3206@section Specifying Source Directories
3207
3208@cindex source path
3209@cindex directories for source files
3210Executable programs sometimes do not record the directories of the source
3211files from which they were compiled, just the names. Even when they do,
3212the directories could be moved between the compilation and your debugging
3213session. _GDBN__ has a list of directories to search for source files;
3214this is called the @dfn{source path}. Each time _GDBN__ wants a source file,
3215it tries all the directories in the list, in the order they are present
3216in the list, until it finds a file with the desired name. Note that
3217the executable search path is @emph{not} used for this purpose. Neither is
3218the current working directory, unless it happens to be in the source
3219path.
3220
29a2b744 3221If _GDBN__ cannot find a source file in the source path, and the object
70b88761
RP
3222program records a directory, _GDBN__ tries that directory too. If the
3223source path is empty, and there is no record of the compilation
3224directory, _GDBN__ will, as a last resort, look in the current
3225directory.
3226
3227Whenever you reset or rearrange the source path, _GDBN__ will clear out
3228any information it has cached about where source files are found, where
3229each line is in the file, etc.
3230
3231@kindex directory
3232When you start _GDBN__, its source path is empty.
3233To add other directories, use the @code{directory} command.
3234
3235@table @code
3236@item directory @var{dirname} @dots{}
3237Add directory @var{dirname} to the front of the source path. Several
3238directory names may be given to this command, separated by @samp{:} or
3239whitespace. You may specify a directory that is already in the source
e251e767 3240path; this moves it forward, so it will be searched sooner.
7463aadd
RP
3241
3242You can use the string @samp{$cdir} to refer to the compilation
3243directory (if one is recorded), and @samp{$cwd} to refer to the current
3244working directory. @samp{$cwd} is not the same as @samp{.}---the former
3245tracks the current working directory as it changes during your _GDBN__
3246session, while the latter is immediately expanded to the current
3247directory at the time you add an entry to the source path.
70b88761
RP
3248
3249@item directory
3250Reset the source path to empty again. This requires confirmation.
3251
3252@c RET-repeat for @code{directory} is explicitly disabled, but since
29a2b744 3253@c repeating it would be a no-op we do not say that. (thanks to RMS)
70b88761
RP
3254
3255@item show directories
3256@kindex show directories
3257Print the source path: show which directories it contains.
3258@end table
3259
3260If your source path is cluttered with directories that are no longer of
3261interest, _GDBN__ may sometimes cause confusion by finding the wrong
3262versions of source. You can correct the situation as follows:
3263
3264@enumerate
3265@item
3266Use @code{directory} with no argument to reset the source path to empty.
3267
3268@item
3269Use @code{directory} with suitable arguments to reinstall the
3270directories you want in the source path. You can add all the
3271directories in one command.
3272@end enumerate
3273
3274@node Machine Code, , Source Path, Source
3275@section Source and Machine Code
1041a570 3276
70b88761
RP
3277You can use the command @code{info line} to map source lines to program
3278addresses (and viceversa), and the command @code{disassemble} to display
3279a range of addresses as machine instructions.
3280
3281@table @code
3282@item info line @var{linespec}
3283@kindex info line
3284Print the starting and ending addresses of the compiled code for
1041a570
RP
3285source line @var{linespec}. You can specify source lines in any of
3286the ways understood by the @code{list} command (@pxref{List, ,Printing
3287Source Lines}).
70b88761
RP
3288@end table
3289
1041a570
RP
3290For example, we can use @code{info line} to discover the location of
3291the object code for the first line of function
3292@code{m4_changequote}:
3293
70b88761
RP
3294@smallexample
3295(_GDBP__) info line m4_changecom
3296Line 895 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x634c and ends at 0x6350.
3297@end smallexample
3298
3299@noindent
3300We can also inquire (using @code{*@var{addr}} as the form for
3301@var{linespec}) what source line covers a particular address:
3302@smallexample
3303(_GDBP__) info line *0x63ff
3304Line 926 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x63e4 and ends at 0x6404.
3305@end smallexample
3306
c338a2fd 3307@cindex @code{$_} and @code{info line}
29a2b744
RP
3308After @code{info line}, the default address for the @code{x} command
3309is changed to the starting address of the line, so that @samp{x/i} is
3310sufficient to begin examining the machine code (@pxref{Memory,
3311,Examining Memory}). Also, this address is saved as the value of the
3312convenience variable @code{$_} (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
3313Variables}).
70b88761
RP
3314
3315@table @code
3316@kindex disassemble
3317@item disassemble
e94b4a2b
RP
3318This specialized command dumps a range of memory as machine
3319instructions. The default memory range is the function surrounding the
3320program counter of the selected frame. A single argument to this
3321command is a program counter value; the function surrounding this value
3322will be dumped. Two arguments specify a range of addresses (first
3323inclusive, second exclusive) to dump.
70b88761
RP
3324@end table
3325
3326We can use @code{disassemble} to inspect the object code
3327range shown in the last @code{info line} example:
3328
3329@smallexample
3330(_GDBP__) disas 0x63e4 0x6404
3331Dump of assembler code from 0x63e4 to 0x6404:
b80282d5
RP
33320x63e4 <builtin_init+5340>: ble 0x63f8 <builtin_init+5360>
33330x63e8 <builtin_init+5344>: sethi %hi(0x4c00), %o0
33340x63ec <builtin_init+5348>: ld [%i1+4], %o0
33350x63f0 <builtin_init+5352>: b 0x63fc <builtin_init+5364>
33360x63f4 <builtin_init+5356>: ld [%o0+4], %o0
33370x63f8 <builtin_init+5360>: or %o0, 0x1a4, %o0
33380x63fc <builtin_init+5364>: call 0x9288 <path_search>
e251e767 33390x6400 <builtin_init+5368>: nop
70b88761 3340End of assembler dump.
70b88761
RP
3341@end smallexample
3342
c2bbbb22 3343@node Data, Languages, Source, Top
70b88761
RP
3344@chapter Examining Data
3345
3346@cindex printing data
3347@cindex examining data
3348@kindex print
3349@kindex inspect
1041a570 3350@c "inspect" is not quite a synonym if you are using Epoch, which we do not
29a2b744 3351@c document because it is nonstandard... Under Epoch it displays in a
70b88761
RP
3352@c different window or something like that.
3353The usual way to examine data in your program is with the @code{print}
3354command (abbreviated @code{p}), or its synonym @code{inspect}. It
b80282d5 3355evaluates and prints the value of an expression of the language your
1041a570
RP
3356program is written in (@pxref{Languages, ,Using _GDBN__ with Different
3357Languages}).
70b88761 3358
e0dacfd1
RP
3359@table @code
3360@item print @var{exp}
3361@itemx print /@var{f} @var{exp}
3362@var{exp} is an expression (in the source language). By default
70b88761 3363the value of @var{exp} is printed in a format appropriate to its data
e0dacfd1
RP
3364type; you can choose a different format by specifying @samp{/@var{f}},
3365where @var{f} is a letter specifying the format; @pxref{Output formats}.
3366
3367@item print
3368@itemx print /@var{f}
3369If you omit @var{exp}, _GDBN__ displays the last value again (from the
1041a570 3370@dfn{value history}; @pxref{Value History, ,Value History}). This allows you to
e0dacfd1
RP
3371conveniently inspect the same value in an alternative format.
3372@end table
70b88761
RP
3373
3374A more low-level way of examining data is with the @code{x} command.
3375It examines data in memory at a specified address and prints it in a
29a2b744 3376specified format. @xref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}.
70b88761 3377
29a2b744 3378If you are interested in information about types, or about how the fields
b80282d5 3379of a struct or class are declared, use the @code{ptype @var{exp}}
1041a570 3380command rather than @code{print}. @xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}.
b80282d5 3381
70b88761 3382@menu
b80282d5
RP
3383* Expressions:: Expressions
3384* Variables:: Program Variables
3385* Arrays:: Artificial Arrays
3386* Output formats:: Output formats
3387* Memory:: Examining Memory
3388* Auto Display:: Automatic Display
3389* Print Settings:: Print Settings
3390* Value History:: Value History
3391* Convenience Vars:: Convenience Variables
3392* Registers:: Registers
3393* Floating Point Hardware:: Floating Point Hardware
70b88761
RP
3394@end menu
3395
3396@node Expressions, Variables, Data, Data
3397@section Expressions
3398
3399@cindex expressions
3400@code{print} and many other _GDBN__ commands accept an expression and
3401compute its value. Any kind of constant, variable or operator defined
3402by the programming language you are using is legal in an expression in
3403_GDBN__. This includes conditional expressions, function calls, casts
3404and string constants. It unfortunately does not include symbols defined
b80282d5 3405by preprocessor @code{#define} commands.
70b88761 3406
c2bbbb22 3407Because C is so widespread, most of the expressions shown in examples in
1041a570 3408this manual are in C. @xref{Languages, , Using _GDBN__ with Different
c2bbbb22 3409Languages}, for information on how to use expressions in other
e251e767 3410languages.
c2bbbb22
RP
3411
3412In this section, we discuss operators that you can use in _GDBN__
e251e767 3413expressions regardless of your programming language.
c2bbbb22 3414
70b88761
RP
3415Casts are supported in all languages, not just in C, because it is so
3416useful to cast a number into a pointer so as to examine a structure
3417at that address in memory.
c2bbbb22 3418@c FIXME: casts supported---Mod2 true?
70b88761 3419
c2bbbb22 3420_GDBN__ supports these operators in addition to those of programming
70b88761
RP
3421languages:
3422
3423@table @code
3424@item @@
3425@samp{@@} is a binary operator for treating parts of memory as arrays.
1041a570 3426@xref{Arrays, ,Artificial Arrays}, for more information.
70b88761
RP
3427
3428@item ::
3429@samp{::} allows you to specify a variable in terms of the file or
1041a570 3430function where it is defined. @xref{Variables, ,Program Variables}.
70b88761
RP
3431
3432@item @{@var{type}@} @var{addr}
3433Refers to an object of type @var{type} stored at address @var{addr} in
3434memory. @var{addr} may be any expression whose value is an integer or
3435pointer (but parentheses are required around binary operators, just as in
3436a cast). This construct is allowed regardless of what kind of data is
1041a570 3437normally supposed to reside at @var{addr}.
70b88761
RP
3438@end table
3439
3440@node Variables, Arrays, Expressions, Data
3441@section Program Variables
3442
3443The most common kind of expression to use is the name of a variable
3444in your program.
3445
3446Variables in expressions are understood in the selected stack frame
29a2b744
RP
3447(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}); they must either be global
3448(or static) or be visible according to the scope rules of the
3449programming language from the point of execution in that frame. This
3450means that in the function
70b88761
RP
3451
3452@example
3453foo (a)
3454 int a;
3455@{
3456 bar (a);
3457 @{
3458 int b = test ();
3459 bar (b);
3460 @}
3461@}
3462@end example
3463
3464@noindent
29a2b744 3465the variable @code{a} is usable whenever your program is executing
70b88761 3466within the function @code{foo}, but the variable @code{b} is visible
29a2b744 3467only while your program is executing inside the block in which @code{b}
70b88761
RP
3468is declared.
3469
3470@cindex variable name conflict
3471There is an exception: you can refer to a variable or function whose
3472scope is a single source file even if the current execution point is not
3473in this file. But it is possible to have more than one such variable or
6ca72cc6
RP
3474function with the same name (in different source files). If that
3475happens, referring to that name has unpredictable effects. If you wish,
3476you can specify a static variable in a particular function or file,
3477using the colon-colon notation:
70b88761
RP
3478
3479@cindex colon-colon
a6d0b6d3 3480@iftex
29a2b744 3481@c info cannot cope with a :: index entry, but why deprive hard copy readers?
70b88761 3482@kindex ::
a6d0b6d3 3483@end iftex
70b88761
RP
3484@example
3485@var{file}::@var{variable}
6ca72cc6 3486@var{function}::@var{variable}
70b88761
RP
3487@end example
3488
3489@noindent
6ca72cc6
RP
3490Here @var{file} or @var{function} is the name of the context for the
3491static @var{variable}.
70b88761 3492
c2bbbb22 3493@cindex C++ scope resolution
70b88761
RP
3494This use of @samp{::} is very rarely in conflict with the very similar
3495use of the same notation in C++. _GDBN__ also supports use of the C++
c2bbbb22 3496scope resolution operator in _GDBN__ expressions.
70b88761 3497
3d3ab540
RP
3498@cindex wrong values
3499@cindex variable values, wrong
3500@quotation
3501@emph{Warning:} Occasionally, a local variable may appear to have the
3502wrong value at certain points in a function---just after entry to the
29a2b744 3503function, and just before exit. You may see this problem when you are
3d3ab540
RP
3504stepping by machine instructions. This is because on most machines, it
3505takes more than one instruction to set up a stack frame (including local
29a2b744 3506variable definitions); if you are stepping by machine instructions,
3d3ab540
RP
3507variables may appear to have the wrong values until the stack frame is
3508completely built. On function exit, it usually also takes more than one
3509machine instruction to destroy a stack frame; after you begin stepping
3510through that group of instructions, local variable definitions may be
3511gone.
3512@end quotation
3513
70b88761
RP
3514@node Arrays, Output formats, Variables, Data
3515@section Artificial Arrays
3516
3517@cindex artificial array
3518@kindex @@
3519It is often useful to print out several successive objects of the
3520same type in memory; a section of an array, or an array of
3521dynamically determined size for which only a pointer exists in the
3522program.
3523
3524This can be done by constructing an @dfn{artificial array} with the
3525binary operator @samp{@@}. The left operand of @samp{@@} should be
3526the first element of the desired array, as an individual object.
3527The right operand should be the desired length of the array. The result is
3528an array value whose elements are all of the type of the left argument.
3529The first element is actually the left argument; the second element
3530comes from bytes of memory immediately following those that hold the
3531first element, and so on. Here is an example. If a program says
3532
3533@example
3534int *array = (int *) malloc (len * sizeof (int));
3535@end example
3536
3537@noindent
3538you can print the contents of @code{array} with
3539
3540@example
3541p *array@@len
3542@end example
3543
3544The left operand of @samp{@@} must reside in memory. Array values made
3545with @samp{@@} in this way behave just like other arrays in terms of
3546subscripting, and are coerced to pointers when used in expressions.
3547Artificial arrays most often appear in expressions via the value history
1041a570 3548(@pxref{Value History, ,Value History}), after printing one out.)
70b88761 3549
1041a570 3550Sometimes the artificial array mechanism is not quite enough; in
3d3ab540 3551moderately complex data structures, the elements of interest may not
1041a570
RP
3552actually be adjacent---for example, if you are interested in the values
3553of pointers in an array. One useful work-around in this situation is
3554to use a convenience variable (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
3555Variables}) as a counter in an expression that prints the first
3556interesting value, and then repeat that expression via @key{RET}. For
3557instance, suppose you have an array @code{dtab} of pointers to
3558structures, and you are interested in the values of a field @code{fv}
3559in each structure. Here is an example of what you might type:
3560
3d3ab540
RP
3561@example
3562set $i = 0
3563p dtab[$i++]->fv
3564@key{RET}
3565@key{RET}
3566@dots{}
3567@end example
3568
70b88761
RP
3569@node Output formats, Memory, Arrays, Data
3570@section Output formats
3571
3572@cindex formatted output
3573@cindex output formats
3574By default, _GDBN__ prints a value according to its data type. Sometimes
3575this is not what you want. For example, you might want to print a number
3576in hex, or a pointer in decimal. Or you might want to view data in memory
3577at a certain address as a character string or as an instruction. To do
3578these things, specify an @dfn{output format} when you print a value.
3579
3580The simplest use of output formats is to say how to print a value
3581already computed. This is done by starting the arguments of the
3582@code{print} command with a slash and a format letter. The format
3583letters supported are:
3584
3585@table @code
3586@item x
3587Regard the bits of the value as an integer, and print the integer in
3588hexadecimal.
3589
3590@item d
3591Print as integer in signed decimal.
3592
3593@item u
3594Print as integer in unsigned decimal.
3595
3596@item o
3597Print as integer in octal.
3598
3599@item t
3600Print as integer in binary. The letter @samp{t} stands for ``two''.
3601
3602@item a
3603Print as an address, both absolute in hex and as an offset from the
3604nearest preceding symbol. This format can be used to discover where (in
3605what function) an unknown address is located:
1041a570 3606
70b88761
RP
3607@example
3608(_GDBP__) p/a 0x54320
3609_0__$3 = 0x54320 <_initialize_vx+396>_1__
3610@end example
3611
70b88761
RP
3612@item c
3613Regard as an integer and print it as a character constant.
3614
3615@item f
3616Regard the bits of the value as a floating point number and print
3617using typical floating point syntax.
3618@end table
3619
3620For example, to print the program counter in hex (@pxref{Registers}), type
3621
3622@example
3623p/x $pc
3624@end example
3625
3626@noindent
3627Note that no space is required before the slash; this is because command
3628names in _GDBN__ cannot contain a slash.
3629
3630To reprint the last value in the value history with a different format,
3631you can use the @code{print} command with just a format and no
3632expression. For example, @samp{p/x} reprints the last value in hex.
3633
3634@node Memory, Auto Display, Output formats, Data
3635@section Examining Memory
3636
1041a570
RP
3637You can use the command @code{x} (for ``examine'') to examine memory in
3638any of several formats, independently of your program's data types.
3639
70b88761
RP
3640@cindex examining memory
3641@table @code
3642@kindex x
cedaf8bc
RP
3643@item x/@var{nfu} @var{addr}
3644@itemx x @var{addr}
3645@itemx x
1041a570
RP
3646Use the command @code{x} to examine memory.
3647@end table
3648
3649@var{n}, @var{f}, and @var{u} are all optional parameters that specify how
3650much memory to display and how to format it; @var{addr} is an
cedaf8bc
RP
3651expression giving the address where you want to start displaying memory.
3652If you use defaults for @var{nfu}, you need not type the slash @samp{/}.
3653Several commands set convenient defaults for @var{addr}.
70b88761 3654
1041a570
RP
3655@table @r
3656@item @var{n}, the repeat count
3657The repeat count is a decimal integer; the default is 1. It specifies
3658how much memory (counting by units @var{u}) to display.
cedaf8bc
RP
3659@c This really is **decimal**; unaffected by 'set radix' as of GDB
3660@c 4.1.2.
70b88761 3661
1041a570
RP
3662@item @var{f}, the display format
3663The display format is one of the formats used by @code{print},
cedaf8bc
RP
3664or @samp{s} (null-terminated string) or @samp{i} (machine instruction).
3665The default is @samp{x} (hexadecimal) initially, or the format from the
3666last time you used either @code{x} or @code{print}.
70b88761 3667
1041a570
RP
3668@item @var{u}, the unit size
3669The unit size is any of
70b88761
RP
3670@table @code
3671@item b
cedaf8bc 3672Bytes.
70b88761 3673@item h
cedaf8bc 3674Halfwords (two bytes).
70b88761 3675@item w
cedaf8bc 3676Words (four bytes). This is the initial default.
70b88761 3677@item g
cedaf8bc 3678Giant words (eight bytes).
70b88761
RP
3679@end table
3680
cedaf8bc
RP
3681Each time you specify a unit size with @code{x}, that size becomes the
3682default unit the next time you use @code{x}. (For the @samp{s} and
3683@samp{i} formats, the unit size is ignored and is normally not written.)
3684
1041a570 3685@item @var{addr}, starting display address
cedaf8bc
RP
3686@var{addr} is the address where you want _GDBN__ to begin displaying
3687memory. The expression need not have a pointer value (though it may);
3688it is always interpreted as an integer address of a byte of memory.
1041a570 3689@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information on expressions. The default for
cedaf8bc
RP
3690@var{addr} is usually just after the last address examined---but several
3691other commands also set the default address: @code{info breakpoints} (to
3692the address of the last breakpoint listed), @code{info line} (to the
3693starting address of a line), and @code{print} (if you use it to display
3694a value from memory).
1041a570 3695@end table
70b88761 3696
cedaf8bc
RP
3697For example, @samp{x/3uh 0x54320} is a request to display three halfwords
3698(@code{h}) of memory, formatted as unsigned decimal integers (@samp{u}),
3699starting at address @code{0x54320}. @samp{x/4xw $sp} prints the four
3700words (@samp{w}) of memory above the stack pointer (here, @samp{$sp};
3701@pxref{Registers}) in hexadecimal (@samp{x}).
70b88761 3702
cedaf8bc 3703Since the letters indicating unit sizes are all distinct from the
29a2b744 3704letters specifying output formats, you do not have to remember whether
cedaf8bc
RP
3705unit size or format comes first; either order will work. The output
3706specifications @samp{4xw} and @samp{4wx} mean exactly the same thing.
3707(However, the count @var{n} must come first; @samp{wx4} will not work.)
3708
3709Even though the unit size @var{u} is ignored for the formats @samp{s}
3710and @samp{i}, you might still want to use a count @var{n}; for example,
3711@samp{3i} specifies that you want to see three machine instructions,
3712including any operands. The command @code{disassemble} gives an
3713alternative way of inspecting machine instructions; @pxref{Machine
3714Code}.
3715
3716All the defaults for the arguments to @code{x} are designed to make it
3717easy to continue scanning memory with minimal specifications each time
1041a570 3718you use @code{x}. For example, after you have inspected three machine
cedaf8bc
RP
3719instructions with @samp{x/3i @var{addr}}, you can inspect the next seven
3720with just @samp{x/7}. If you use @key{RET} to repeat the @code{x} command,
3721the repeat count @var{n} is used again; the other arguments default as
3722for successive uses of @code{x}.
70b88761 3723
c338a2fd 3724@cindex @code{$_}, @code{$__}, and value history
cedaf8bc 3725The addresses and contents printed by the @code{x} command are not saved
70b88761
RP
3726in the value history because there is often too much of them and they
3727would get in the way. Instead, _GDBN__ makes these values available for
3728subsequent use in expressions as values of the convenience variables
3729@code{$_} and @code{$__}. After an @code{x} command, the last address
3730examined is available for use in expressions in the convenience variable
3731@code{$_}. The contents of that address, as examined, are available in
3732the convenience variable @code{$__}.
3733
3734If the @code{x} command has a repeat count, the address and contents saved
3735are from the last memory unit printed; this is not the same as the last
3736address printed if several units were printed on the last line of output.
3737
3738@node Auto Display, Print Settings, Memory, Data
3739@section Automatic Display
3740@cindex automatic display
3741@cindex display of expressions
3742
3743If you find that you want to print the value of an expression frequently
3744(to see how it changes), you might want to add it to the @dfn{automatic
29a2b744 3745display list} so that _GDBN__ will print its value each time your program stops.
70b88761
RP
3746Each expression added to the list is given a number to identify it;
3747to remove an expression from the list, you specify that number.
3748The automatic display looks like this:
3749
3750@example
37512: foo = 38
37523: bar[5] = (struct hack *) 0x3804
3753@end example
3754
3755@noindent
3756showing item numbers, expressions and their current values. As with
3757displays you request manually using @code{x} or @code{print}, you can
3758specify the output format you prefer; in fact, @code{display} decides
3759whether to use @code{print} or @code{x} depending on how elaborate your
3760format specification is---it uses @code{x} if you specify a unit size,
3761or one of the two formats (@samp{i} and @samp{s}) that are only
3762supported by @code{x}; otherwise it uses @code{print}.
3763
3764@table @code
3765@item display @var{exp}
3766@kindex display
3767Add the expression @var{exp} to the list of expressions to display
1041a570 3768each time your program stops. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
70b88761
RP
3769
3770@code{display} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it.
3771
3772@item display/@var{fmt} @var{exp}
3773For @var{fmt} specifying only a display format and not a size or
3774count, add the expression @var{exp} to the auto-display list but
3775arranges to display it each time in the specified format @var{fmt}.
3776@xref{Output formats}.
3777
3778@item display/@var{fmt} @var{addr}
3779For @var{fmt} @samp{i} or @samp{s}, or including a unit-size or a
3780number of units, add the expression @var{addr} as a memory address to
29a2b744
RP
3781be examined each time your program stops. Examining means in effect
3782doing @samp{x/@var{fmt} @var{addr}}. @xref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}.
70b88761
RP
3783@end table
3784
3785For example, @samp{display/i $pc} can be helpful, to see the machine
3786instruction about to be executed each time execution stops (@samp{$pc}
3787is a common name for the program counter; @pxref{Registers}).
3788
3789@table @code
3790@item undisplay @var{dnums}@dots{}
3791@itemx delete display @var{dnums}@dots{}
3792@kindex delete display
3793@kindex undisplay
3794Remove item numbers @var{dnums} from the list of expressions to display.
3795
3796@code{undisplay} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it.
3797(Otherwise you would just get the error @samp{No display number @dots{}}.)
3798
3799@item disable display @var{dnums}@dots{}
3800@kindex disable display
3801Disable the display of item numbers @var{dnums}. A disabled display
3802item is not printed automatically, but is not forgotten. It may be
3803enabled again later.
3804
3805@item enable display @var{dnums}@dots{}
3806@kindex enable display
3807Enable display of item numbers @var{dnums}. It becomes effective once
3808again in auto display of its expression, until you specify otherwise.
3809
3810@item display
3811Display the current values of the expressions on the list, just as is
29a2b744 3812done when your program stops.
70b88761
RP
3813
3814@item info display
3815@kindex info display
3816Print the list of expressions previously set up to display
3817automatically, each one with its item number, but without showing the
3818values. This includes disabled expressions, which are marked as such.
3819It also includes expressions which would not be displayed right now
3820because they refer to automatic variables not currently available.
3821@end table
3822
3823If a display expression refers to local variables, then it does not make
3824sense outside the lexical context for which it was set up. Such an
3825expression is disabled when execution enters a context where one of its
3826variables is not defined. For example, if you give the command
3827@code{display last_char} while inside a function with an argument
29a2b744 3828@code{last_char}, then this argument will be displayed while your program
70b88761
RP
3829continues to stop inside that function. When it stops elsewhere---where
3830there is no variable @code{last_char}---display is disabled. The next time
3831your program stops where @code{last_char} is meaningful, you can enable the
3832display expression once again.
3833
3834@node Print Settings, Value History, Auto Display, Data
3835@section Print Settings
3836
3837@cindex format options
3838@cindex print settings
3839_GDBN__ provides the following ways to control how arrays, structures,
e251e767 3840and symbols are printed.
70b88761
RP
3841
3842@noindent
3843These settings are useful for debugging programs in any language:
3844
3845@table @code
3846@item set print address
3847@item set print address on
3848@kindex set print address
3849_GDBN__ will print memory addresses showing the location of stack
3850traces, structure values, pointer values, breakpoints, and so forth,
3851even when it also displays the contents of those addresses. The default
3852is on. For example, this is what a stack frame display looks like, with
3853@code{set print address on}:
1041a570 3854
70b88761 3855@smallexample
1041a570 3856@group
70b88761 3857(_GDBP__) f
e251e767 3858#0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<<", rq=0x34c88 ">>")
70b88761 3859 at input.c:530
b80282d5 3860530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
1041a570 3861@end group
70b88761
RP
3862@end smallexample
3863
3864@item set print address off
3865Do not print addresses when displaying their contents. For example,
3866this is the same stack frame displayed with @code{set print address off}:
1041a570 3867
70b88761 3868@example
1041a570 3869@group
70b88761
RP
3870(_GDBP__) set print addr off
3871(_GDBP__) f
3872#0 set_quotes (lq="<<", rq=">>") at input.c:530
b80282d5 3873530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
1041a570 3874@end group
70b88761
RP
3875@end example
3876
3877@item show print address
3878@kindex show print address
3879Show whether or not addresses are to be printed.
3880
3881@item set print array
3882@itemx set print array on
3883@kindex set print array
3884_GDBN__ will pretty print arrays. This format is more convenient to read,
3885but uses more space. The default is off.
3886
3887@item set print array off.
3888Return to compressed format for arrays.
3889
3890@item show print array
3891@kindex show print array
3892Show whether compressed or pretty format is selected for displaying
e251e767 3893arrays.
70b88761
RP
3894
3895@item set print elements @var{number-of-elements}
3896@kindex set print elements
3897If _GDBN__ is printing a large array, it will stop printing after it has
3898printed the number of elements set by the @code{set print elements} command.
3899This limit also applies to the display of strings.
3900
3901@item show print elements
3902@kindex show print elements
3903Display the number of elements of a large array that _GDBN__ will print
3904before losing patience.
3905
3906@item set print pretty on
3907@kindex set print pretty
3908Cause _GDBN__ to print structures in an indented format with one member per
3909line, like this:
3910
3911@example
1041a570 3912@group
70b88761
RP
3913$1 = @{
3914 next = 0x0,
3915 flags = @{
3916 sweet = 1,
3917 sour = 1
3918 @},
3919 meat = 0x54 "Pork"
3920@}
1041a570 3921@end group
70b88761
RP
3922@end example
3923
3924@item set print pretty off
3925Cause _GDBN__ to print structures in a compact format, like this:
3926
3927@smallexample
1041a570 3928@group
70b88761
RP
3929$1 = @{next = 0x0, flags = @{sweet = 1, sour = 1@}, meat \
3930= 0x54 "Pork"@}
1041a570 3931@end group
70b88761
RP
3932@end smallexample
3933
3934@noindent
3935This is the default format.
3936
3937@item show print pretty
3938@kindex show print pretty
3939Show which format _GDBN__ will use to print structures.
3940
3941@item set print sevenbit-strings on
f2857bd9 3942@kindex set print sevenbit-strings
e251e767 3943Print using only seven-bit characters; if this option is set,
70b88761
RP
3944_GDBN__ will display any eight-bit characters (in strings or character
3945values) using the notation @code{\}@var{nnn}. For example, @kbd{M-a} is
3946displayed as @code{\341}.
3947
3948@item set print sevenbit-strings off
3949Print using either seven-bit or eight-bit characters, as required. This
3950is the default.
3951
3952@item show print sevenbit-strings
f2857bd9 3953@kindex show print sevenbit-strings
70b88761
RP
3954Show whether or not _GDBN__ will print only seven-bit characters.
3955
3956@item set print union on
3957@kindex set print union
3958Tell _GDBN__ to print unions which are contained in structures. This is the
3959default setting.
3960
3961@item set print union off
3962Tell _GDBN__ not to print unions which are contained in structures.
3963
3964@item show print union
3965@kindex show print union
3966Ask _GDBN__ whether or not it will print unions which are contained in
e251e767 3967structures.
70b88761
RP
3968
3969For example, given the declarations
3970
3971@smallexample
3972typedef enum @{Tree, Bug@} Species;
3973typedef enum @{Big_tree, Acorn, Seedling@} Tree_forms;
203eea5d
RP
3974typedef enum @{Caterpillar, Cocoon, Butterfly@}
3975 Bug_forms;
70b88761
RP
3976
3977struct thing @{
3978 Species it;
3979 union @{
3980 Tree_forms tree;
3981 Bug_forms bug;
3982 @} form;
3983@};
3984
3985struct thing foo = @{Tree, @{Acorn@}@};
3986@end smallexample
3987
3988@noindent
3989with @code{set print union on} in effect @samp{p foo} would print
3990
3991@smallexample
3992$1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{tree = Acorn, bug = Cocoon@}@}
3993@end smallexample
3994
3995@noindent
3996and with @code{set print union off} in effect it would print
3997
3998@smallexample
3999$1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{...@}@}
4000@end smallexample
4001@end table
4002
4003@noindent
4004These settings are of interest when debugging C++ programs:
4005
4006@table @code
e251e767
RP
4007@item set print demangle
4008@itemx set print demangle on
70b88761
RP
4009@kindex set print demangle
4010Print C++ names in their source form rather than in the mangled form
4011in which they are passed to the assembler and linker for type-safe linkage.
4012The default is on.
4013
4014@item show print demangle
4015@kindex show print demangle
4016Show whether C++ names will be printed in mangled or demangled form.
4017
e251e767
RP
4018@item set print asm-demangle
4019@itemx set print asm-demangle on
70b88761
RP
4020@kindex set print asm-demangle
4021Print C++ names in their source form rather than their mangled form, even
4022in assembler code printouts such as instruction disassemblies.
4023The default is off.
4024
4025@item show print asm-demangle
4026@kindex show print asm-demangle
4027Show whether C++ names in assembly listings will be printed in mangled
4028or demangled form.
4029
4030@item set print object
4031@itemx set print object on
4032@kindex set print object
4033When displaying a pointer to an object, identify the @emph{actual}
4034(derived) type of the object rather than the @emph{declared} type, using
4035the virtual function table.
4036
4037@item set print object off
4038Display only the declared type of objects, without reference to the
4039virtual function table. This is the default setting.
4040
4041@item show print object
4042@kindex show print object
4043Show whether actual, or declared, object types will be displayed.
4044
e251e767
RP
4045@item set print vtbl
4046@itemx set print vtbl on
70b88761
RP
4047@kindex set print vtbl
4048Pretty print C++ virtual function tables. The default is off.
4049
4050@item set print vtbl off
4051Do not pretty print C++ virtual function tables.
4052
4053@item show print vtbl
4054@kindex show print vtbl
4055Show whether C++ virtual function tables are pretty printed, or not.
70b88761
RP
4056@end table
4057
4058@node Value History, Convenience Vars, Print Settings, Data
4059@section Value History
4060
4061@cindex value history
4062Values printed by the @code{print} command are saved in _GDBN__'s @dfn{value
4063history} so that you can refer to them in other expressions. Values are
4064kept until the symbol table is re-read or discarded (for example with
4065the @code{file} or @code{symbol-file} commands). When the symbol table
4066changes, the value history is discarded, since the values may contain
4067pointers back to the types defined in the symbol table.
4068
4069@cindex @code{$}
4070@cindex @code{$$}
4071@cindex history number
4072The values printed are given @dfn{history numbers} for you to refer to them
4073by. These are successive integers starting with one. @code{print} shows you
4074the history number assigned to a value by printing @samp{$@var{num} = }
4075before the value; here @var{num} is the history number.
4076
4077To refer to any previous value, use @samp{$} followed by the value's
4078history number. The way @code{print} labels its output is designed to
4079remind you of this. Just @code{$} refers to the most recent value in
4080the history, and @code{$$} refers to the value before that.
4081@code{$$@var{n}} refers to the @var{n}th value from the end; @code{$$2}
4082is the value just prior to @code{$$}, @code{$$1} is equivalent to
4083@code{$$}, and @code{$$0} is equivalent to @code{$}.
4084
4085For example, suppose you have just printed a pointer to a structure and
4086want to see the contents of the structure. It suffices to type
4087
4088@example
4089p *$
4090@end example
4091
4092If you have a chain of structures where the component @code{next} points
4093to the next one, you can print the contents of the next one with this:
4094
4095@example
4096p *$.next
4097@end example
4098
4099@noindent
4100You can print successive links in the chain by repeating this
4101command---which you can do by just typing @key{RET}.
4102
4103Note that the history records values, not expressions. If the value of
4104@code{x} is 4 and you type these commands:
4105
4106@example
4107print x
4108set x=5
4109@end example
4110
4111@noindent
4112then the value recorded in the value history by the @code{print} command
4113remains 4 even though the value of @code{x} has changed.
4114
4115@table @code
4116@kindex show values
4117@item show values
4118Print the last ten values in the value history, with their item numbers.
4119This is like @samp{p@ $$9} repeated ten times, except that @code{show
4120values} does not change the history.
4121
4122@item show values @var{n}
4123Print ten history values centered on history item number @var{n}.
4124
4125@item show values +
4126Print ten history values just after the values last printed. If no more
4127values are available, produces no display.
4128@end table
4129
4130Pressing @key{RET} to repeat @code{show values @var{n}} has exactly the
e251e767 4131same effect as @samp{show values +}.
70b88761
RP
4132
4133@node Convenience Vars, Registers, Value History, Data
4134@section Convenience Variables
4135
4136@cindex convenience variables
4137_GDBN__ provides @dfn{convenience variables} that you can use within
4138_GDBN__ to hold on to a value and refer to it later. These variables
4139exist entirely within _GDBN__; they are not part of your program, and
4140setting a convenience variable has no direct effect on further execution
1041a570 4141of your program. That is why you can use them freely.
70b88761
RP
4142
4143Convenience variables are prefixed with @samp{$}. Any name preceded by
4144@samp{$} can be used for a convenience variable, unless it is one of
4145the predefined machine-specific register names (@pxref{Registers}).
4146(Value history references, in contrast, are @emph{numbers} preceded
1041a570 4147by @samp{$}. @xref{Value History, ,Value History}.)
70b88761
RP
4148
4149You can save a value in a convenience variable with an assignment
4150expression, just as you would set a variable in your program. Example:
4151
4152@example
4153set $foo = *object_ptr
4154@end example
4155
4156@noindent
4157would save in @code{$foo} the value contained in the object pointed to by
4158@code{object_ptr}.
4159
4160Using a convenience variable for the first time creates it; but its value
4161is @code{void} until you assign a new value. You can alter the value with
4162another assignment at any time.
4163
4164Convenience variables have no fixed types. You can assign a convenience
4165variable any type of value, including structures and arrays, even if
4166that variable already has a value of a different type. The convenience
4167variable, when used as an expression, has the type of its current value.
4168
4169@table @code
4170@item show convenience
4171@kindex show convenience
4172Print a list of convenience variables used so far, and their values.
4173Abbreviated @code{show con}.
4174@end table
4175
4176One of the ways to use a convenience variable is as a counter to be
4177incremented or a pointer to be advanced. For example, to print
4178a field from successive elements of an array of structures:
4179
4180_0__@example
4181set $i = 0
4182print bar[$i++]->contents
4183@i{@dots{} repeat that command by typing @key{RET}.}
4184_1__@end example
4185
4186Some convenience variables are created automatically by _GDBN__ and given
4187values likely to be useful.
4188
4189@table @code
4190@item $_
c338a2fd 4191@kindex $_
70b88761 4192The variable @code{$_} is automatically set by the @code{x} command to
29a2b744
RP
4193the last address examined (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}). Other
4194commands which provide a default address for @code{x} to examine also
4195set @code{$_} to that address; these commands include @code{info line}
4196and @code{info breakpoint}. The type of @code{$_} is @code{void *}
4197except when set by the @code{x} command, in which case it is a pointer
4198to the type of @code{$__}.
70b88761
RP
4199
4200@item $__
c338a2fd 4201@kindex $__
70b88761 4202The variable @code{$__} is automatically set by the @code{x} command
c2bbbb22
RP
4203to the value found in the last address examined. Its type is chosen
4204to match the format in which the data was printed.
70b88761
RP
4205@end table
4206
4207@node Registers, Floating Point Hardware, Convenience Vars, Data
4208@section Registers
4209
4210@cindex registers
b80282d5 4211You can refer to machine register contents, in expressions, as variables
70b88761
RP
4212with names starting with @samp{$}. The names of registers are different
4213for each machine; use @code{info registers} to see the names used on
e251e767 4214your machine.
70b88761
RP
4215
4216@table @code
4217@item info registers
4218@kindex info registers
b80282d5
RP
4219Print the names and values of all registers except floating-point
4220registers (in the selected stack frame).
4221
4222@item info all-registers
4223@kindex info all-registers
4224@cindex floating point registers
4225Print the names and values of all registers, including floating-point
4226registers.
70b88761
RP
4227
4228@item info registers @var{regname}
4229Print the relativized value of register @var{regname}. @var{regname}
4230may be any register name valid on the machine you are using, with
4231or without the initial @samp{$}.
4232@end table
4233
09267865 4234_GDBN__ has four ``standard'' register names that are available (in
29a2b744 4235expressions) on most machines---whenever they do not conflict with an
09267865
RP
4236architecture's canonical mnemonics for registers. The register names
4237@code{$pc} and @code{$sp} are used for the program counter register and
4238the stack pointer. @code{$fp} is used for a register that contains a
4239pointer to the current stack frame, and @code{$ps} is used for a
4240register that contains the processor status. For example,
70b88761 4241you could print the program counter in hex with
1041a570 4242
70b88761
RP
4243@example
4244p/x $pc
4245@end example
4246
4247@noindent
4248or print the instruction to be executed next with
1041a570 4249
70b88761
RP
4250@example
4251x/i $pc
4252@end example
4253
4254@noindent
29a2b744
RP
4255or add four to the stack pointer @footnote{This is a way of removing
4256one word from the stack, on machines where stacks grow downward in
4257memory (most machines, nowadays). This assumes that the innermost
4258stack frame is selected; setting @code{$sp} is not allowed when other
4259stack frames are selected. To pop entire frames off the stack,
4260regardless of machine architecture, use @code{return};
1041a570
RP
4261@pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a Function}.} with
4262
70b88761
RP
4263@example
4264set $sp += 4
4265@end example
4266
09267865
RP
4267Whenever possible, these four standard register names are available on
4268your machine even though the machine has different canonical mnemonics,
4269so long as there is no conflict. The @code{info registers} command
4270shows the canonical names. For example, on the SPARC, @code{info
70b88761
RP
4271registers} displays the processor status register as @code{$psr} but you
4272can also refer to it as @code{$ps}.
4273
4274_GDBN__ always considers the contents of an ordinary register as an
4275integer when the register is examined in this way. Some machines have
4276special registers which can hold nothing but floating point; these
4277registers are considered to have floating point values. There is no way
4278to refer to the contents of an ordinary register as floating point value
4279(although you can @emph{print} it as a floating point value with
4280@samp{print/f $@var{regname}}).
4281
4282Some registers have distinct ``raw'' and ``virtual'' data formats. This
4283means that the data format in which the register contents are saved by
4284the operating system is not the same one that your program normally
4285sees. For example, the registers of the 68881 floating point
4286coprocessor are always saved in ``extended'' (raw) format, but all C
4287programs expect to work with ``double'' (virtual) format. In such
4288cases, _GDBN__ normally works with the virtual format only (the format that
4289makes sense for your program), but the @code{info registers} command
4290prints the data in both formats.
4291
4292Normally, register values are relative to the selected stack frame
29a2b744
RP
4293(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}). This means that you get the
4294value that the register would contain if all stack frames farther in
4295were exited and their saved registers restored. In order to see the
4296true contents of hardware registers, you must select the innermost
4297frame (with @samp{frame 0}).
70b88761
RP
4298
4299However, _GDBN__ must deduce where registers are saved, from the machine
4300code generated by your compiler. If some registers are not saved, or if
4301_GDBN__ is unable to locate the saved registers, the selected stack
4302frame will make no difference.
4303
4304@node Floating Point Hardware, , Registers, Data
4305@section Floating Point Hardware
4306@cindex floating point
1041a570 4307
70b88761
RP
4308Depending on the host machine architecture, _GDBN__ may be able to give
4309you more information about the status of the floating point hardware.
4310
4311@table @code
4312@item info float
4313@kindex info float
4314If available, provides hardware-dependent information about the floating
4315point unit. The exact contents and layout vary depending on the
4316floating point chip.
4317@end table
4318@c FIXME: this is a cop-out. Try to get examples, explanations. Only
e251e767
RP
4319@c FIXME...supported currently on arm's and 386's. Mark properly with
4320@c FIXME... m4 macros to isolate general statements from hardware-dep,
70b88761
RP
4321@c FIXME... at that point.
4322
c2bbbb22
RP
4323@node Languages, Symbols, Data, Top
4324@chapter Using _GDBN__ with Different Languages
4325@cindex languages
4326
4327Although programming languages generally have common aspects, they are
4328rarely expressed in the same manner. For instance, in ANSI C,
4329dereferencing a pointer @code{p} is accomplished by @code{*p}, but in
4330Modula-2, it is accomplished by @code{p^}. Values can also be
4331represented (and displayed) differently. Hex numbers in C are written
4332like @samp{0x1ae}, while in Modula-2 they appear as @samp{1AEH}.
4333
4334@cindex working language
4335Language-specific information is built into _GDBN__ for some languages,
29a2b744 4336allowing you to express operations like the above in your program's
c2bbbb22 4337native language, and allowing _GDBN__ to output values in a manner
29a2b744 4338consistent with the syntax of your program's native language. The
c2bbbb22
RP
4339language you use to build expressions, called the @dfn{working
4340language}, can be selected manually, or _GDBN__ can set it
4341automatically.
4342
4343@menu
4344* Setting:: Switching between source languages
4345* Show:: Displaying the language
4346* Checks:: Type and Range checks
4347* Support:: Supported languages
4348@end menu
4349
4350@node Setting, Show, Languages, Languages
4351@section Switching between source languages
4352
4353There are two ways to control the working language---either have _GDBN__
4354set it automatically, or select it manually yourself. You can use the
4355@code{set language} command for either purpose. On startup, _GDBN__
4356defaults to setting the language automatically.
4357
4358@menu
4359* Manually:: Setting the working language manually
4360* Automatically:: Having _GDBN__ infer the source language
4361@end menu
4362
4363@node Manually, Automatically, Setting, Setting
4364@subsection Setting the working language
4365
4366@kindex set language
4367To set the language, issue the command @samp{set language @var{lang}},
c338a2fd
RP
4368where @var{lang} is the name of a language: @code{c} or @code{modula-2}.
4369For a list of the supported languages, type @samp{set language}.
c2bbbb22
RP
4370
4371Setting the language manually prevents _GDBN__ from updating the working
4372language automatically. This can lead to confusion if you try
4373to debug a program when the working language is not the same as the
4374source language, when an expression is acceptable to both
4375languages---but means different things. For instance, if the current
4376source file were written in C, and _GDBN__ was parsing Modula-2, a
4377command such as:
4378
4379@example
4380print a = b + c
4381@end example
4382
4383@noindent
4384might not have the effect you intended. In C, this means to add
4385@code{b} and @code{c} and place the result in @code{a}. The result
4386printed would be the value of @code{a}. In Modula-2, this means to compare
4387@code{a} to the result of @code{b+c}, yielding a @code{BOOLEAN} value.
4388
4389If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, then
4390you can count on expressions evaluating the same way in your debugging
4391session and in your program.
4392
4393@node Automatically, , Manually, Setting
4394@subsection Having _GDBN__ infer the source language
4395
4396To have _GDBN__ set the working language automatically, use @samp{set
4397language local} or @samp{set language auto}. _GDBN__ then infers the
4398language that a program was written in by looking at the name of its
4399source files, and examining their extensions:
4400
4401@table @file
4402@item *.mod
4403Modula-2 source file
4404
4405@item *.c
4406@itemx *.cc
4407C or C++ source file.
4408@end table
4409
4410This information is recorded for each function or procedure in a source
4411file. When your program stops in a frame (usually by encountering a
4412breakpoint), _GDBN__ sets the working language to the language recorded
4413for the function in that frame. If the language for a frame is unknown
4414(that is, if the function or block corresponding to the frame was
4415defined in a source file that does not have a recognized extension), the
4416current working language is not changed, and _GDBN__ issues a warning.
4417
4418This may not seem necessary for most programs, which are written
4419entirely in one source language. However, program modules and libraries
4420written in one source language can be used by a main program written in
4421a different source language. Using @samp{set language auto} in this
4422case frees you from having to set the working language manually.
4423
4424@node Show, Checks, Setting, Languages
4425@section Displaying the language
4426
4427The following commands will help you find out which language is the
4428working language, and also what language source files were written in.
4429
4430@kindex show language
4431@kindex info frame
4432@kindex info source
4433@table @code
4434@item show language
4435Display the current working language. This is the
4436language you can use with commands such as @code{print} to
29a2b744 4437build and compute expressions that may involve variables in your program.
c2bbbb22
RP
4438
4439@item info frame
1041a570 4440Among the other information listed here (@pxref{Frame Info, ,Information
c2bbbb22
RP
4441about a Frame}) is the source language for this frame. This is the
4442language that will become the working language if you ever use an
4443identifier that is in this frame.
4444
4445@item info source
1041a570 4446Among the other information listed here (@pxref{Symbols, ,Examining the
c2bbbb22 4447Symbol Table}) is the source language of this source file.
c2bbbb22
RP
4448@end table
4449
4450@node Checks, Support, Show, Languages
4451@section Type and range Checking
4452
4453@quotation
4454@emph{Warning:} In this release, the _GDBN__ commands for type and range
4455checking are included, but they do not yet have any effect. This
4456section documents the intended facilities.
4457@end quotation
4458@c FIXME remove warning when type/range code added
4459
4460Some languages are designed to guard you against making seemingly common
4461errors through a series of compile- and run-time checks. These include
4462checking the type of arguments to functions and operators, and making
4463sure mathematical overflows are caught at run time. Checks such as
4464these help to ensure a program's correctness once it has been compiled
4465by eliminating type mismatches, and providing active checks for range
29a2b744 4466errors when your program is running.
c2bbbb22 4467
1041a570
RP
4468_GDBN__ can check for conditions like the above if you wish.
4469Although _GDBN__ will not check the statements in your program, it
4470can check expressions entered directly into _GDBN__ for evaluation via
4471the @code{print} command, for example. As with the working language,
c2bbbb22 4472_GDBN__ can also decide whether or not to check automatically based on
1041a570
RP
4473your program's source language. @xref{Support, ,Supported Languages},
4474for the default settings of supported languages.
c2bbbb22
RP
4475
4476@menu
4477* Type Checking:: An overview of type checking
4478* Range Checking:: An overview of range checking
4479@end menu
4480
4481@cindex type checking
4482@cindex checks, type
4483@node Type Checking, Range Checking, Checks, Checks
4484@subsection An overview of type checking
4485
4486Some languages, such as Modula-2, are strongly typed, meaning that the
4487arguments to operators and functions have to be of the correct type,
4488otherwise an error occurs. These checks prevent type mismatch
4489errors from ever causing any run-time problems. For example,
4490
4491@example
44921 + 2 @result{} 3
1041a570 4493@exdent but
c2bbbb22
RP
4494@error{} 1 + 2.3
4495@end example
4496
4497The second example fails because the @code{CARDINAL} 1 is not
4498type-compatible with the @code{REAL} 2.3.
4499
4500For expressions you use in _GDBN__ commands, you can tell the _GDBN__
4501type checker to skip checking; to treat any mismatches as errors and
4502abandon the expression; or only issue warnings when type mismatches
4503occur, but evaluate the expression anyway. When you choose the last of
4504these, _GDBN__ evaluates expressions like the second example above, but
4505also issues a warning.
4506
4507Even though you may turn type checking off, other type-based reasons may
4508prevent _GDBN__ from evaluating an expression. For instance, _GDBN__ does not
4509know how to add an @code{int} and a @code{struct foo}. These particular
4510type errors have nothing to do with the language in use, and usually
4511arise from expressions, such as the one described above, which make
4512little sense to evaluate anyway.
4513
4514Each language defines to what degree it is strict about type. For
4515instance, both Modula-2 and C require the arguments to arithmetical
4516operators to be numbers. In C, enumerated types and pointers can be
4517represented as numbers, so that they are valid arguments to mathematical
1041a570 4518operators. @xref{Support, ,Supported Languages}, for further
c2bbbb22
RP
4519details on specific languages.
4520
4521_GDBN__ provides some additional commands for controlling the type checker:
4522
4523@kindex set check
4524@kindex set check type
4525@kindex show check type
4526@table @code
4527@item set check type auto
e251e767 4528Set type checking on or off based on the current working language.
1041a570 4529@xref{Support, ,Supported Languages}, for the default settings for
c2bbbb22
RP
4530each language.
4531
4532@item set check type on
4533@itemx set check type off
4534Set type checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the
4535current working language. Issue a warning if the setting does not
4536match the language's default. If any type mismatches occur in
4537evaluating an expression while typechecking is on, _GDBN__ prints a
4538message and aborts evaluation of the expression.
4539
4540@item set check type warn
4541Cause the type checker to issue warnings, but to always attempt to
4542evaluate the expression. Evaluating the expression may still
4543be impossible for other reasons. For example, _GDBN__ cannot add
4544numbers and structures.
4545
4546@item show type
e251e767 4547Show the current setting of the type checker, and whether or not _GDBN__ is
c2bbbb22
RP
4548setting it automatically.
4549@end table
4550
4551@cindex range checking
4552@cindex checks, range
4553@node Range Checking, , Type Checking, Checks
4554@subsection An overview of Range Checking
4555
4556In some languages (such as Modula-2), it is an error to exceed the
4557bounds of a type; this is enforced with run-time checks. Such range
4558checking is meant to ensure program correctness by making sure
4559computations do not overflow, or indices on an array element access do
4560not exceed the bounds of the array.
4561
4562For expressions you use in _GDBN__ commands, you can tell _GDBN__ to
4563ignore range errors; to always treat them as errors and abandon the
4564expression; or to issue warnings when a range error occurs but evaluate
4565the expression anyway.
4566
4567A range error can result from numerical overflow, from exceeding an
4568array index bound, or when you type in a constant that is not a member
4569of any type. Some languages, however, do not treat overflows as an
4570error. In many implementations of C, mathematical overflow causes the
4571result to ``wrap around'' to lower values---for example, if @var{m} is
4572the largest integer value, and @var{s} is the smallest, then
1041a570 4573
c2bbbb22
RP
4574@example
4575@var{m} + 1 @result{} @var{s}
4576@end example
4577
4578This, too, is specific to individual languages, and in some cases
1041a570 4579specific to individual compilers or machines. @xref{Support, ,
c2bbbb22
RP
4580Supported Languages}, for further details on specific languages.
4581
4582_GDBN__ provides some additional commands for controlling the range checker:
4583
4584@kindex set check
4585@kindex set check range
4586@kindex show check range
4587@table @code
4588@item set check range auto
e251e767 4589Set range checking on or off based on the current working language.
1041a570 4590@xref{Support, ,Supported Languages}, for the default settings for
c2bbbb22
RP
4591each language.
4592
4593@item set check range on
4594@itemx set check range off
4595Set range checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the
4596current working language. A warning is issued if the setting does not
4597match the language's default. If a range error occurs, then a message
4598is printed and evaluation of the expression is aborted.
4599
4600@item set check range warn
4601Output messages when the _GDBN__ range checker detects a range error,
4602but attempt to evaluate the expression anyway. Evaluating the
4603expression may still be impossible for other reasons, such as accessing
4604memory that the process does not own (a typical example from many UNIX
4605systems).
4606
4607@item show range
e251e767 4608Show the current setting of the range checker, and whether or not it is
c2bbbb22
RP
4609being set automatically by _GDBN__.
4610@end table
4611
4612@node Support, , Checks, Languages
4613@section Supported Languages
4614
1041a570
RP
4615_GDBN__ 4 supports C, C++, and Modula-2. The syntax for C and C++ is so
4616closely related that _GDBN__ does not distinguish the two. Some _GDBN__
4617features may be used in expressions regardless of the language you
4618use: the _GDBN__ @code{@@} and @code{::} operators, and the
4619@samp{@{type@}addr} construct (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}) can be
4620used with the constructs of any of the supported languages.
c2bbbb22
RP
4621
4622The following sections detail to what degree each of these
4623source languages is supported by _GDBN__. These sections are
4624not meant to be language tutorials or references, but serve only as a
4625reference guide to what the _GDBN__ expression parser will accept, and
4626what input and output formats should look like for different languages.
4627There are many good books written on each of these languages; please
4628look to these for a language reference or tutorial.
4629
4630@menu
4631* C:: C and C++
4632* Modula-2:: Modula-2
4633@end menu
4634
4635@node C, Modula-2, Support, Support
4636@subsection C and C++
4637@cindex C and C++
4638
4639@cindex expressions in C or C++
4640Since C and C++ are so closely related, _GDBN__ does not distinguish
4641between them when interpreting the expressions recognized in _GDBN__
e251e767 4642commands.
b80282d5
RP
4643
4644@cindex C++
4645@kindex g++
4646@cindex GNU C++
c2bbbb22
RP
4647The C++ debugging facilities are jointly implemented by the GNU C++
4648compiler and _GDBN__. Therefore, to debug your C++ code effectively,
4649you must compile your C++ programs with the GNU C++ compiler,
4650@code{g++}.
4651
b80282d5 4652@menu
c2bbbb22
RP
4653* C Operators:: C and C++ Operators
4654* C Constants:: C and C++ Constants
4655* Cplusplus expressions:: C++ Expressions
4656* C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C++
4657* C Checks:: C and C++ Type and Range Checks
4658* Debugging C:: _GDBN__ and C
4659* Debugging C plus plus:: Special features for C++
b80282d5
RP
4660@end menu
4661
c2bbbb22
RP
4662@cindex C and C++ operators
4663@node C Operators, C Constants, C, C
4664@subsubsection C and C++ Operators
4665
4666Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance,
4667@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are
4668often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of C and C++, the
4669following definitions hold:
4670
4671@itemize @bullet
e251e767 4672@item
c2bbbb22
RP
4673@emph{Integral types} include @code{int} with any of its storage-class
4674specifiers, @code{char}, and @code{enum}s.
4675
4676@item
4677@emph{Floating-point types} include @code{float} and @code{double}.
4678
4679@item
4680@emph{Pointer types} include all types defined as @code{(@var{type}
4681*)}.
4682
e251e767 4683@item
c2bbbb22 4684@emph{Scalar types} include all of the above.
c2bbbb22
RP
4685@end itemize
4686
4687@noindent
4688The following operators are supported. They are listed here
4689in order of increasing precedence:
4690
4691@table @code
1041a570 4692_0__@item ,
c2bbbb22
RP
4693The comma or sequencing operator. Expressions in a comma-separated list
4694are evaluated from left to right, with the result of the entire
4695expression being the last expression evaluated.
4696
4697@item =
4698Assignment. The value of an assignment expression is the value
4699assigned. Defined on scalar types.
4700
4701@item @var{op}=
1041a570
RP
4702Used in an expression of the form @w{@code{@var{a} @var{op}= @var{b}}},
4703and translated to @w{@code{@var{a} = @var{a op b}}}.
4704@w{@code{@var{op}=}} and @code{=} have the same precendence.
4705@var{op} is any one of the operators @code{|}, @code{^}, @code{&},
4706@code{<<}, @code{>>}, @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}.
c2bbbb22
RP
4707
4708@item ?:
4709The ternary operator. @code{@var{a} ? @var{b} : @var{c}} can be thought
4710of as: if @var{a} then @var{b} else @var{c}. @var{a} should be of an
4711integral type.
4712
4713@item ||
1041a570 4714Logical @sc{or}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4715
4716@item &&
1041a570 4717Logical @sc{and}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4718
4719@item |
1041a570 4720Bitwise @sc{or}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4721
4722@item ^
1041a570 4723Bitwise exclusive-@sc{or}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4724
4725@item &
1041a570 4726Bitwise @sc{and}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4727
4728@item ==@r{, }!=
4729Equality and inequality. Defined on scalar types. The value of these
4730expressions is 0 for false and non-zero for true.
4731
4732@item <@r{, }>@r{, }<=@r{, }>=
4733Less than, greater than, less than or equal, greater than or equal.
4734Defined on scalar types. The value of these expressions is 0 for false
4735and non-zero for true.
4736
4737@item <<@r{, }>>
4738left shift, and right shift. Defined on integral types.
4739
e251e767 4740@item @@
1041a570 4741The _GDBN__ ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).
c2bbbb22
RP
4742
4743@item +@r{, }-
4744Addition and subtraction. Defined on integral types, floating-point types and
e251e767 4745pointer types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4746
4747@item *@r{, }/@r{, }%
4748Multiplication, division, and modulus. Multiplication and division are
4749defined on integral and floating-point types. Modulus is defined on
4750integral types.
4751
4752@item ++@r{, }--
4753Increment and decrement. When appearing before a variable, the
4754operation is performed before the variable is used in an expression;
4755when appearing after it, the variable's value is used before the
4756operation takes place.
4757
4758@item *
4759Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types. Same precedence as
4760@code{++}.
4761
4762@item &
4763Address operator. Defined on variables. Same precedence as @code{++}.
4764
6ca72cc6
RP
4765For debugging C++, _GDBN__ implements a use of @samp{&} beyond what's
4766allowed in the C++ language itself: you can use @samp{&(&@var{ref})}
4767(or, if you prefer, simply @samp{&&@var{ref}} to examine the address
4768where a C++ reference variable (declared with @samp{&@var{ref}}) is
4769stored.
4770
c2bbbb22
RP
4771@item -
4772Negative. Defined on integral and floating-point types. Same
4773precedence as @code{++}.
4774
4775@item !
4776Logical negation. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as
4777@code{++}.
4778
4779@item ~
4780Bitwise complement operator. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as
4781@code{++}.
4782
4783@item .@r{, }->
4784Structure member, and pointer-to-structure member. For convenience,
4785_GDBN__ regards the two as equivalent, choosing whether to dereference a
e251e767 4786pointer based on the stored type information.
c2bbbb22
RP
4787Defined on @code{struct}s and @code{union}s.
4788
4789@item []
4790Array indexing. @code{@var{a}[@var{i}]} is defined as
4791@code{*(@var{a}+@var{i})}. Same precedence as @code{->}.
4792
4793@item ()
4794Function parameter list. Same precedence as @code{->}.
4795
4796@item ::
4797C++ scope resolution operator. Defined on
4798@code{struct}, @code{union}, and @code{class} types.
4799
4800@item ::
1041a570
RP
4801The _GDBN__ scope operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). Same precedence as
4802@code{::}, above._1__
c2bbbb22
RP
4803@end table
4804
4805@cindex C and C++ constants
4806@node C Constants, Cplusplus expressions, C Operators, C
4807@subsubsection C and C++ Constants
4808
4809_GDBN__ allows you to express the constants of C and C++ in the
4810following ways:
4811
4812@itemize @bullet
c2bbbb22
RP
4813@item
4814Integer constants are a sequence of digits. Octal constants are
4815specified by a leading @samp{0} (ie. zero), and hexadecimal constants by
1041a570 4816a leading @samp{0x} or @samp{0X}. Constants may also end with a letter
c2bbbb22
RP
4817@samp{l}, specifying that the constant should be treated as a
4818@code{long} value.
4819
4820@item
4821Floating point constants are a sequence of digits, followed by a decimal
4822point, followed by a sequence of digits, and optionally followed by an
4823exponent. An exponent is of the form:
4824@samp{@w{e@r{[[}+@r{]|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}}, where @var{nnn} is another
4825sequence of digits. The @samp{+} is optional for positive exponents.
4826
4827@item
4828Enumerated constants consist of enumerated identifiers, or their
4829integral equivalents.
4830
4831@item
4832Character constants are a single character surrounded by single quotes
4833(@code{'}), or a number---the ordinal value of the corresponding character
4834(usually its @sc{ASCII} value). Within quotes, the single character may
4835be represented by a letter or by @dfn{escape sequences}, which are of
4836the form @samp{\@var{nnn}}, where @var{nnn} is the octal representation
4837of the character's ordinal value; or of the form @samp{\@var{x}}, where
4838@samp{@var{x}} is a predefined special character---for example,
4839@samp{\n} for newline.
4840
4841@item
4842String constants are a sequence of character constants surrounded
4843by double quotes (@code{"}).
4844
4845@item
4846Pointer constants are an integral value.
c2bbbb22
RP
4847@end itemize
4848
c2bbbb22
RP
4849@node Cplusplus expressions, C Defaults, C Constants, C
4850@subsubsection C++ Expressions
b80282d5
RP
4851
4852@cindex expressions in C++
c2bbbb22
RP
4853_GDBN__'s expression handling has the following extensions to
4854interpret a significant subset of C++ expressions:
b80282d5
RP
4855
4856@enumerate
4857
4858@cindex member functions
e251e767 4859@item
b80282d5 4860Member function calls are allowed; you can use expressions like
1041a570 4861
b80282d5
RP
4862@example
4863count = aml->GetOriginal(x, y)
4864@end example
4865
4866@kindex this
4867@cindex namespace in C++
e251e767 4868@item
b80282d5
RP
4869While a member function is active (in the selected stack frame), your
4870expressions have the same namespace available as the member function;
4871that is, _GDBN__ allows implicit references to the class instance
4872pointer @code{this} following the same rules as C++.
4873
4874@cindex call overloaded functions
4875@cindex type conversions in C++
e251e767 4876@item
b80282d5
RP
4877You can call overloaded functions; _GDBN__ will resolve the function
4878call to the right definition, with one restriction---you must use
4879arguments of the type required by the function that you want to call.
4880_GDBN__ will not perform conversions requiring constructors or
4881user-defined type operators.
4882
4883@cindex reference declarations
4884@item
4885_GDBN__ understands variables declared as C++ references; you can use them in
4886expressions just as you do in C++ source---they are automatically
e251e767 4887dereferenced.
b80282d5
RP
4888
4889In the parameter list shown when _GDBN__ displays a frame, the values of
4890reference variables are not displayed (unlike other variables); this
4891avoids clutter, since references are often used for large structures.
4892The @emph{address} of a reference variable is always shown, unless
1041a570 4893you have specified @samp{set print address off}.
b80282d5
RP
4894
4895@item
4896_GDBN__ supports the C++ name resolution operator @code{::}---your
c2bbbb22
RP
4897expressions can use it just as expressions in your program do. Since
4898one scope may be defined in another, you can use @code{::} repeatedly if
4899necessary, for example in an expression like
4900@samp{@var{scope1}::@var{scope2}::@var{name}}. _GDBN__ also allows
4901resolving name scope by reference to source files, in both C and C++
1041a570 4902debugging (@pxref{Variables, ,Program Variables}).
b80282d5
RP
4903@end enumerate
4904
c2bbbb22
RP
4905@node C Defaults, C Checks, Cplusplus expressions, C
4906@subsubsection C and C++ Defaults
4907@cindex C and C++ defaults
4908
e251e767
RP
4909If you allow _GDBN__ to set type and range checking automatically, they
4910both default to @code{off} whenever the working language changes to
c2bbbb22
RP
4911C/C++. This happens regardless of whether you, or _GDBN__,
4912selected the working language.
4913
4914If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, it sets the
4915working language to C/C++ on entering code compiled from a source file
4916whose name ends with @file{.c} or @file{.cc}.
1041a570 4917@xref{Automatically, ,Having _GDBN__ infer the source language}, for
c2bbbb22
RP
4918further details.
4919
4920@node C Checks, Debugging C, C Defaults, C
4921@subsubsection C and C++ Type and Range Checks
4922@cindex C and C++ checks
4923
4924@quotation
4925@emph{Warning:} in this release, _GDBN__ does not yet perform type or
4926range checking.
4927@end quotation
4928@c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added
4929
4930By default, when _GDBN__ parses C or C++ expressions, type checking
4931is not used. However, if you turn type checking on, _GDBN__ will
4932consider two variables type equivalent if:
4933
4934@itemize @bullet
4935@item
4936The two variables are structured and have the same structure, union, or
4937enumerated tag.
4938
e251e767 4939@item
c2bbbb22
RP
4940Two two variables have the same type name, or types that have been
4941declared equivalent through @code{typedef}.
4942
4943@ignore
4944@c leaving this out because neither J Gilmore nor R Pesch understand it.
4945@c FIXME--beers?
4946@item
4947The two @code{struct}, @code{union}, or @code{enum} variables are
4948declared in the same declaration. (Note: this may not be true for all C
4949compilers.)
4950@end ignore
c2bbbb22
RP
4951@end itemize
4952
4953Range checking, if turned on, is done on mathematical operations. Array
4954indices are not checked, since they are often used to index a pointer
4955that is not itself an array.
4956
4957@node Debugging C, Debugging C plus plus, C Checks, C
4958@subsubsection _GDBN__ and C
4959
4960The @code{set print union} and @code{show print union} commands apply to
4961the @code{union} type. When set to @samp{on}, any @code{union} that is
4962inside a @code{struct} or @code{class} will also be printed.
4963Otherwise, it will appear as @samp{@{...@}}.
4964
4965The @code{@@} operator aids in the debugging of dynamic arrays, formed
1041a570 4966with pointers and a memory allocation function. (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions})
c2bbbb22
RP
4967
4968@node Debugging C plus plus, , Debugging C, C
4969@subsubsection _GDBN__ Commands for C++
b80282d5
RP
4970
4971@cindex commands for C++
4972Some _GDBN__ commands are particularly useful with C++, and some are
4973designed specifically for use with C++. Here is a summary:
4974
4975@table @code
4976@cindex break in overloaded functions
4977@item @r{breakpoint menus}
4978When you want a breakpoint in a function whose name is overloaded,
4979_GDBN__'s breakpoint menus help you specify which function definition
4980you want. @xref{Breakpoint Menus}.
4981
4982@cindex overloading in C++
4983@item rbreak @var{regex}
4984Setting breakpoints using regular expressions is helpful for setting
4985breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special
e251e767 4986classes.
29a2b744 4987@xref{Set Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}.
b80282d5
RP
4988
4989@cindex C++ exception handling
4990@item catch @var{exceptions}
4991@itemx info catch
29a2b744 4992Debug C++ exception handling using these commands. @xref{Exception
1041a570 4993Handling, ,Breakpoints and Exceptions}.
b80282d5 4994
e251e767 4995@cindex inheritance
b80282d5
RP
4996@item ptype @var{typename}
4997Print inheritance relationships as well as other information for type
e251e767 4998@var{typename}.
1041a570 4999@xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}.
b80282d5
RP
5000
5001@cindex C++ symbol display
5002@item set print demangle
5003@itemx show print demangle
5004@itemx set print asm-demangle
5005@itemx show print asm-demangle
5006Control whether C++ symbols display in their source form, both when
5007displaying code as C++ source and when displaying disassemblies.
1041a570 5008@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
b80282d5
RP
5009
5010@item set print object
5011@itemx show print object
e251e767 5012Choose whether to print derived (actual) or declared types of objects.
1041a570 5013@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
b80282d5
RP
5014
5015@item set print vtbl
5016@itemx show print vtbl
5017Control the format for printing virtual function tables.
1041a570 5018@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
b80282d5
RP
5019@end table
5020
c2bbbb22
RP
5021@node Modula-2, , C, Support
5022@subsection Modula-2
5023@cindex Modula-2
5024
5025The extensions made to _GDBN__ to support Modula-2 support output
5026from the GNU Modula-2 compiler (which is currently being developed).
5027Other Modula-2 compilers are not currently supported, and attempting to
5028debug executables produced by them will most likely result in an error
5029as _GDBN__ reads in the executable's symbol table.
5030
5031@cindex expressions in Modula-2
5032@menu
5033* M2 Operators:: Built-in operators
29a2b744 5034* Built-In Func/Proc:: Built-in Functions and Procedures
c2bbbb22
RP
5035* M2 Constants:: Modula-2 Constants
5036* M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2
5037* Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2
5038* M2 Checks:: Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
5039* M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
5040* GDB/M2:: _GDBN__ and Modula-2
5041@end menu
5042
29a2b744 5043@node M2 Operators, Built-In Func/Proc, Modula-2, Modula-2
c2bbbb22
RP
5044@subsubsection Operators
5045@cindex Modula-2 operators
5046
5047Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance,
5048@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are
5049often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of Modula-2, the
5050following definitions hold:
5051
5052@itemize @bullet
5053
5054@item
5055@emph{Integral types} consist of @code{INTEGER}, @code{CARDINAL}, and
5056their subranges.
5057
5058@item
5059@emph{Character types} consist of @code{CHAR} and its subranges.
5060
5061@item
5062@emph{Floating-point types} consist of @code{REAL}.
5063
5064@item
5065@emph{Pointer types} consist of anything declared as @code{POINTER TO
5066@var{type}}.
5067
5068@item
5069@emph{Scalar types} consist of all of the above.
5070
5071@item
5072@emph{Set types} consist of @code{SET}s and @code{BITSET}s.
5073
5074@item
5075@emph{Boolean types} consist of @code{BOOLEAN}.
c2bbbb22
RP
5076@end itemize
5077
5078@noindent
5079The following operators are supported, and appear in order of
5080increasing precedence:
5081
5082@table @code
c2bbbb22
RP
5083@item ,
5084Function argument or array index separator.
1041a570 5085_0__
c2bbbb22
RP
5086@item :=
5087Assignment. The value of @var{var} @code{:=} @var{value} is
5088@var{value}.
5089
5090@item <@r{, }>
5091Less than, greater than on integral, floating-point, or enumerated
5092types.
5093
5094@item <=@r{, }>=
5095Less than, greater than, less than or equal to, greater than or equal to
5096on integral, floating-point and enumerated types, or set inclusion on
5097set types. Same precedence as @code{<}.
5098
5099@item =@r{, }<>@r{, }#
5100Equality and two ways of expressing inequality, valid on scalar types.
5101Same precedence as @code{<}. In _GDBN__ scripts, only @code{<>} is
5102available for inequality, since @code{#} conflicts with the script
5103comment character.
5104
5105@item IN
5106Set membership. Defined on set types and the types of their members.
5107Same precedence as @code{<}.
5108
5109@item OR
5110Boolean disjunction. Defined on boolean types.
5111
5112@item AND@r{, }&
5113Boolean conjuction. Defined on boolean types.
5114
5115@item @@
1041a570 5116The _GDBN__ ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).
c2bbbb22
RP
5117
5118@item +@r{, }-
5119Addition and subtraction on integral and floating-point types, or union
5120and difference on set types.
5121
5122@item *
5123Multiplication on integral and floating-point types, or set intersection
5124on set types.
5125
5126@item /
5127Division on floating-point types, or symmetric set difference on set
5128types. Same precedence as @code{*}.
5129
5130@item DIV@r{, }MOD
5131Integer division and remainder. Defined on integral types. Same
5132precedence as @code{*}.
5133
5134@item -
5135Negative. Defined on @code{INTEGER}s and @code{REAL}s.
5136
5137@item ^
e251e767 5138Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types.
c2bbbb22
RP
5139
5140@item NOT
5141Boolean negation. Defined on boolean types. Same precedence as
5142@code{^}.
5143
5144@item .
5145@code{RECORD} field selector. Defined on @code{RECORD}s. Same
5146precedence as @code{^}.
5147
5148@item []
5149Array indexing. Defined on @code{ARRAY}s. Same precedence as @code{^}.
5150
5151@item ()
5152Procedure argument list. Defined on @code{PROCEDURE}s. Same precedence
5153as @code{^}.
5154
5155@item ::@r{, }.
5156_GDBN__ and Modula-2 scope operators.
c2bbbb22
RP
5157@end table
5158
5159@quotation
5160@emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so _GDBN__
5161will treat the use of the operator @code{IN}, or the use of operators
5162@code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{=}, , @code{<>}, @code{#},
5163@code{<=}, and @code{>=} on sets as an error.
5164@end quotation
5165_1__
29a2b744
RP
5166@cindex Modula-2 built-ins
5167@node Built-In Func/Proc, M2 Constants, M2 Operators, Modula-2
c2bbbb22
RP
5168@subsubsection Built-in Functions and Procedures
5169
5170Modula-2 also makes available several built-in procedures and functions.
5171In describing these, the following metavariables are used:
5172
5173@table @var
5174
5175@item a
5176represents an @code{ARRAY} variable.
5177
5178@item c
5179represents a @code{CHAR} constant or variable.
5180
5181@item i
5182represents a variable or constant of integral type.
5183
5184@item m
5185represents an identifier that belongs to a set. Generally used in the
5186same function with the metavariable @var{s}. The type of @var{s} should
5187be @code{SET OF @var{mtype}} (where @var{mtype} is the type of @var{m}.
5188
5189@item n
5190represents a variable or constant of integral or floating-point type.
5191
5192@item r
5193represents a variable or constant of floating-point type.
5194
5195@item t
5196represents a type.
5197
5198@item v
5199represents a variable.
5200
5201@item x
5202represents a variable or constant of one of many types. See the
5203explanation of the function for details.
c2bbbb22
RP
5204@end table
5205
5206All Modula-2 built-in procedures also return a result, described below.
5207
5208@table @code
5209@item ABS(@var{n})
5210Returns the absolute value of @var{n}.
5211
5212@item CAP(@var{c})
5213If @var{c} is a lower case letter, it returns its upper case
5214equivalent, otherwise it returns its argument
5215
5216@item CHR(@var{i})
5217Returns the character whose ordinal value is @var{i}.
5218
5219@item DEC(@var{v})
5220Decrements the value in the variable @var{v}. Returns the new value.
5221
5222@item DEC(@var{v},@var{i})
5223Decrements the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the
5224new value.
5225
5226@item EXCL(@var{m},@var{s})
5227Removes the element @var{m} from the set @var{s}. Returns the new
5228set.
5229
5230@item FLOAT(@var{i})
5231Returns the floating point equivalent of the integer @var{i}.
5232
5233@item HIGH(@var{a})
5234Returns the index of the last member of @var{a}.
5235
5236@item INC(@var{v})
5237Increments the value in the variable @var{v}. Returns the new value.
5238
5239@item INC(@var{v},@var{i})
5240Increments the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the
5241new value.
5242
5243@item INCL(@var{m},@var{s})
5244Adds the element @var{m} to the set @var{s} if it is not already
5245there. Returns the new set.
5246
5247@item MAX(@var{t})
5248Returns the maximum value of the type @var{t}.
5249
5250@item MIN(@var{t})
5251Returns the minimum value of the type @var{t}.
5252
5253@item ODD(@var{i})
5254Returns boolean TRUE if @var{i} is an odd number.
5255
5256@item ORD(@var{x})
5257Returns the ordinal value of its argument. For example, the ordinal
5258value of a character is its ASCII value (on machines supporting the
5259ASCII character set). @var{x} must be of an ordered type, which include
5260integral, character and enumerated types.
5261
5262@item SIZE(@var{x})
5263Returns the size of its argument. @var{x} can be a variable or a type.
5264
5265@item TRUNC(@var{r})
5266Returns the integral part of @var{r}.
5267
5268@item VAL(@var{t},@var{i})
5269Returns the member of the type @var{t} whose ordinal value is @var{i}.
5270@end table
5271
5272@quotation
5273@emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so
5274_GDBN__ will treat the use of procedures @code{INCL} and @code{EXCL} as
5275an error.
5276@end quotation
5277
5278@cindex Modula-2 constants
29a2b744 5279@node M2 Constants, M2 Defaults, Built-In Func/Proc, Modula-2
c2bbbb22
RP
5280@subsubsection Constants
5281
5282_GDBN__ allows you to express the constants of Modula-2 in the following
5283ways:
5284
5285@itemize @bullet
5286
5287@item
5288Integer constants are simply a sequence of digits. When used in an
5289expression, a constant is interpreted to be type-compatible with the
5290rest of the expression. Hexadecimal integers are specified by a
5291trailing @samp{H}, and octal integers by a trailing @samp{B}.
5292
5293@item
5294Floating point constants appear as a sequence of digits, followed by a
5295decimal point and another sequence of digits. An optional exponent can
5296then be specified, in the form @samp{E@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}, where
5297@samp{@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}} is the desired exponent. All of the
5298digits of the floating point constant must be valid decimal (base 10)
5299digits.
5300
5301@item
5302Character constants consist of a single character enclosed by a pair of
5303like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}). They may
5304also be expressed by their ordinal value (their ASCII value, usually)
5305followed by a @samp{C}.
5306
5307@item
1041a570
RP
5308String constants consist of a sequence of characters enclosed by a
5309pair of like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}).
5310Escape sequences in the style of C are also allowed. @xref{C
5311Constants, ,C and C++ Constants}, for a brief explanation of escape
5312sequences.
c2bbbb22
RP
5313
5314@item
5315Enumerated constants consist of an enumerated identifier.
5316
5317@item
5318Boolean constants consist of the identifiers @code{TRUE} and
5319@code{FALSE}.
5320
5321@item
5322Pointer constants consist of integral values only.
5323
5324@item
5325Set constants are not yet supported.
c2bbbb22
RP
5326@end itemize
5327
5328@node M2 Defaults, Deviations, M2 Constants, Modula-2
5329@subsubsection Modula-2 Defaults
5330@cindex Modula-2 defaults
5331
e251e767
RP
5332If type and range checking are set automatically by _GDBN__, they
5333both default to @code{on} whenever the working language changes to
c2bbbb22
RP
5334Modula-2. This happens regardless of whether you, or _GDBN__,
5335selected the working language.
5336
5337If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, then entering
5338code compiled from a file whose name ends with @file{.mod} will set the
1041a570 5339working language to Modula-2. @xref{Automatically, ,Having _GDBN__ set
c2bbbb22
RP
5340the language automatically}, for further details.
5341
5342@node Deviations, M2 Checks, M2 Defaults, Modula-2
5343@subsubsection Deviations from Standard Modula-2
5344@cindex Modula-2, deviations from
5345
5346A few changes have been made to make Modula-2 programs easier to debug.
5347This is done primarily via loosening its type strictness:
5348
5349@itemize @bullet
e251e767 5350@item
c2bbbb22
RP
5351Unlike in standard Modula-2, pointer constants can be formed by
5352integers. This allows you to modify pointer variables during
5353debugging. (In standard Modula-2, the actual address contained in a
5354pointer variable is hidden from you; it can only be modified
5355through direct assignment to another pointer variable or expression that
5356returned a pointer.)
5357
e251e767 5358@item
c2bbbb22
RP
5359C escape sequences can be used in strings and characters to represent
5360non-printable characters. _GDBN__ will print out strings with these
5361escape sequences embedded. Single non-printable characters are
5362printed using the @samp{CHR(@var{nnn})} format.
5363
5364@item
5365The assignment operator (@code{:=}) returns the value of its right-hand
5366argument.
5367
5368@item
29a2b744 5369All built-in procedures both modify @emph{and} return their argument.
e251e767 5370@end itemize
c2bbbb22
RP
5371
5372@node M2 Checks, M2 Scope, Deviations, Modula-2
5373@subsubsection Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
5374@cindex Modula-2 checks
5375
5376@quotation
5377@emph{Warning:} in this release, _GDBN__ does not yet perform type or
5378range checking.
5379@end quotation
5380@c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added
5381
5382_GDBN__ considers two Modula-2 variables type equivalent if:
5383
5384@itemize @bullet
5385@item
5386They are of types that have been declared equivalent via a @code{TYPE
5387@var{t1} = @var{t2}} statement
5388
5389@item
5390They have been declared on the same line. (Note: This is true of the
5391GNU Modula-2 compiler, but it may not be true of other compilers.)
c2bbbb22
RP
5392@end itemize
5393
5394As long as type checking is enabled, any attempt to combine variables
5395whose types are not equivalent is an error.
5396
5397Range checking is done on all mathematical operations, assignment, array
29a2b744 5398index bounds, and all built-in functions and procedures.
c2bbbb22
RP
5399
5400@node M2 Scope, GDB/M2, M2 Checks, Modula-2
5401@subsubsection The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
5402@cindex scope
5403@kindex .
e94b4a2b 5404@cindex colon, doubled as scope operator
1041a570
RP
5405@ifinfo
5406@kindex colon-colon
5407@c Info cannot handoe :: but TeX can.
5408@end ifinfo
5409@iftex
c2bbbb22 5410@kindex ::
1041a570 5411@end iftex
c2bbbb22
RP
5412
5413There are a few subtle differences between the Modula-2 scope operator
5414(@code{.}) and the _GDBN__ scope operator (@code{::}). The two have
5415similar syntax:
5416
5417@example
5418
5419@var{module} . @var{id}
5420@var{scope} :: @var{id}
c2bbbb22
RP
5421@end example
5422
5423@noindent
5424where @var{scope} is the name of a module or a procedure,
29a2b744
RP
5425@var{module} the name of a module, and @var{id} is any declared
5426identifier within your program, except another module.
c2bbbb22
RP
5427
5428Using the @code{::} operator makes _GDBN__ search the scope
5429specified by @var{scope} for the identifier @var{id}. If it is not
5430found in the specified scope, then _GDBN__ will search all scopes
5431enclosing the one specified by @var{scope}.
5432
5433Using the @code{.} operator makes _GDBN__ search the current scope for
5434the identifier specified by @var{id} that was imported from the
5435definition module specified by @var{module}. With this operator, it is
5436an error if the identifier @var{id} was not imported from definition
5437module @var{module}, or if @var{id} is not an identifier in
5438@var{module}.
5439
5440@node GDB/M2, , M2 Scope, Modula-2
5441@subsubsection _GDBN__ and Modula-2
5442
5443Some _GDBN__ commands have little use when debugging Modula-2 programs.
5444Five subcommands of @code{set print} and @code{show print} apply
5445specifically to C and C++: @samp{vtbl}, @samp{demangle},
5446@samp{asm-demangle}, @samp{object}, and @samp{union}. The first four
5447apply to C++, and the last to C's @code{union} type, which has no direct
5448analogue in Modula-2.
5449
1041a570 5450The @code{@@} operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}), while available
c2bbbb22
RP
5451while using any language, is not useful with Modula-2. Its
5452intent is to aid the debugging of @dfn{dynamic arrays}, which cannot be
5453created in Modula-2 as they can in C or C++. However, because an
5454address can be specified by an integral constant, the construct
1041a570 5455@samp{@{@var{type}@}@var{adrexp}} is still useful. (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions})
c2bbbb22
RP
5456_0__
5457@cindex @code{#} in Modula-2
5458In _GDBN__ scripts, the Modula-2 inequality operator @code{#} is
5459interpreted as the beginning of a comment. Use @code{<>} instead.
5460_1__
c2bbbb22 5461@node Symbols, Altering, Languages, Top
70b88761
RP
5462@chapter Examining the Symbol Table
5463
5464The commands described in this section allow you to inquire about the
5465symbols (names of variables, functions and types) defined in your
5466program. This information is inherent in the text of your program and
29a2b744 5467does not change as your program executes. _GDBN__ finds it in your
e251e767 5468program's symbol table, in the file indicated when you started _GDBN__
1041a570
RP
5469(@pxref{File Options, ,Choosing Files}), or by one of the
5470file-management commands (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
70b88761
RP
5471
5472@table @code
5473@item info address @var{symbol}
5474@kindex info address
5475Describe where the data for @var{symbol} is stored. For a register
5476variable, this says which register it is kept in. For a non-register
5477local variable, this prints the stack-frame offset at which the variable
5478is always stored.
5479
5480Note the contrast with @samp{print &@var{symbol}}, which does not work
5481at all for a register variables, and for a stack local variable prints
5482the exact address of the current instantiation of the variable.
5483
5484@item whatis @var{exp}
5485@kindex whatis
5486Print the data type of expression @var{exp}. @var{exp} is not
5487actually evaluated, and any side-effecting operations (such as
5488assignments or function calls) inside it do not take place.
1041a570 5489@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
70b88761
RP
5490
5491@item whatis
5492Print the data type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history.
5493
5494@item ptype @var{typename}
5495@kindex ptype
5496Print a description of data type @var{typename}. @var{typename} may be
5497the name of a type, or for C code it may have the form
5498@samp{struct @var{struct-tag}}, @samp{union @var{union-tag}} or
1041a570 5499@samp{enum @var{enum-tag}}.
70b88761
RP
5500
5501@item ptype @var{exp}
e0dacfd1 5502@itemx ptype
70b88761 5503Print a description of the type of expression @var{exp}. @code{ptype}
1041a570
RP
5504differs from @code{whatis} by printing a detailed description, instead
5505of just the name of the type. For example, if your program declares a
5506variable as
5507
70b88761
RP
5508@example
5509struct complex @{double real; double imag;@} v;
5510@end example
1041a570 5511
70b88761
RP
5512@noindent
5513compare the output of the two commands:
1041a570 5514
70b88761 5515@example
1041a570 5516@group
70b88761
RP
5517(_GDBP__) whatis v
5518type = struct complex
5519(_GDBP__) ptype v
5520type = struct complex @{
5521 double real;
5522 double imag;
5523@}
1041a570 5524@end group
70b88761 5525@end example
1041a570 5526
e0dacfd1
RP
5527@noindent
5528As with @code{whatis}, using @code{ptype} without an argument refers to
5529the type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history.
70b88761
RP
5530
5531@item info types @var{regexp}
5532@itemx info types
e251e767 5533@kindex info types
70b88761
RP
5534Print a brief description of all types whose name matches @var{regexp}
5535(or all types in your program, if you supply no argument). Each
5536complete typename is matched as though it were a complete line; thus,
5537@samp{i type value} gives information on all types in your program whose
5538name includes the string @code{value}, but @samp{i type ^value$} gives
5539information only on types whose complete name is @code{value}.
5540
5541This command differs from @code{ptype} in two ways: first, like
5542@code{whatis}, it does not print a detailed description; second, it
5543lists all source files where a type is defined.
5544
5545@item info source
5546@kindex info source
5547Show the name of the current source file---that is, the source file for
c2bbbb22
RP
5548the function containing the current point of execution---and the language
5549it was written in.
70b88761
RP
5550
5551@item info sources
5552@kindex info sources
29a2b744 5553Print the names of all source files in your program for which there is
b80282d5
RP
5554debugging information, organized into two lists: files whose symbols
5555have already been read, and files whose symbols will be read when needed.
70b88761
RP
5556
5557@item info functions
5558@kindex info functions
5559Print the names and data types of all defined functions.
5560
5561@item info functions @var{regexp}
5562Print the names and data types of all defined functions
5563whose names contain a match for regular expression @var{regexp}.
5564Thus, @samp{info fun step} finds all functions whose names
5565include @code{step}; @samp{info fun ^step} finds those whose names
5566start with @code{step}.
5567
5568@item info variables
5569@kindex info variables
5570Print the names and data types of all variables that are declared
5571outside of functions (i.e., excluding local variables).
5572
5573@item info variables @var{regexp}
5574Print the names and data types of all variables (except for local
5575variables) whose names contain a match for regular expression
5576@var{regexp}.
5577
70b88761
RP
5578@ignore
5579This was never implemented.
5580@item info methods
5581@itemx info methods @var{regexp}
5582@kindex info methods
5583The @code{info methods} command permits the user to examine all defined
5584methods within C++ program, or (with the @var{regexp} argument) a
5585specific set of methods found in the various C++ classes. Many
5586C++ classes provide a large number of methods. Thus, the output
5587from the @code{ptype} command can be overwhelming and hard to use. The
5588@code{info-methods} command filters the methods, printing only those
5589which match the regular-expression @var{regexp}.
5590@end ignore
5591
5592@item printsyms @var{filename}
440d9834 5593@itemx printpsyms @var{filename}
d24e0922 5594@itemx printmsyms @var{filename}
70b88761 5595@kindex printsyms
440d9834
RP
5596@cindex symbol dump
5597@kindex printsyms
5598@cindex partial symbol dump
5599Write a dump of debugging symbol data into the file @var{filename}.
e0dacfd1
RP
5600These commands are used to debug the _GDBN__ symbol-reading code. Only
5601symbols with debugging data are included. If you use @code{printsyms},
5602_GDBN__ includes all the symbols for which it has already collected full
5603details: that is, @var{filename} reflects symbols for only those files
5604whose symbols _GDBN__ has read. You can use the command @code{info
5605sources} to find out which files these are. If you use
d24e0922 5606@code{printpsyms} instead, the dump shows information about symbols that
e0dacfd1 5607_GDBN__ only knows partially---that is, symbols defined in files that
d24e0922
RP
5608_GDBN__ has skimmed, but not yet read completely. Finally,
5609@code{printmsyms} dumos just the minimal symbol information required for
5610each object file from which _GDBN__ has read some symbols. The description of
5611@code{symbol-file} explains how _GDBN__ reads symbols; both @code{info
5612source} and @code{symbol-file} are described in @ref{Files, ,Commands
5613to Specify Files}.
70b88761
RP
5614@end table
5615
5616@node Altering, _GDBN__ Files, Symbols, Top
5617@chapter Altering Execution
5618
29a2b744 5619Once you think you have found an error in your program, you might want to
70b88761
RP
5620find out for certain whether correcting the apparent error would lead to
5621correct results in the rest of the run. You can find the answer by
5622experiment, using the _GDBN__ features for altering execution of the
5623program.
5624
5625For example, you can store new values into variables or memory
29a2b744 5626locations, give your program a signal, restart it at a different address,
70b88761
RP
5627or even return prematurely from a function to its caller.
5628
5629@menu
b80282d5
RP
5630* Assignment:: Assignment to Variables
5631* Jumping:: Continuing at a Different Address
29a2b744 5632* Signaling:: Giving your program a Signal
b80282d5
RP
5633* Returning:: Returning from a Function
5634* Calling:: Calling your Program's Functions
c338a2fd 5635* Patching:: Patching your Program
70b88761
RP
5636@end menu
5637
5638@node Assignment, Jumping, Altering, Altering
5639@section Assignment to Variables
5640
5641@cindex assignment
5642@cindex setting variables
5643To alter the value of a variable, evaluate an assignment expression.
1041a570 5644@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. For example,
70b88761
RP
5645
5646@example
5647print x=4
5648@end example
5649
5650@noindent
1041a570
RP
5651stores the value 4 into the variable @code{x}, and then prints the
5652value of the assignment expression (which is 4). @xref{Languages,
5653,Using _GDBN__ with Different Languages}, for more information on
5654operators in supported languages.
70b88761 5655
70b88761
RP
5656@kindex set variable
5657@cindex variables, setting
5658If you are not interested in seeing the value of the assignment, use the
5659@code{set} command instead of the @code{print} command. @code{set} is
5660really the same as @code{print} except that the expression's value is not
1041a570 5661printed and is not put in the value history (@pxref{Value History, ,Value History}). The
70b88761
RP
5662expression is evaluated only for its effects.
5663
5664If the beginning of the argument string of the @code{set} command
5665appears identical to a @code{set} subcommand, use the @code{set
5666variable} command instead of just @code{set}. This command is identical
5667to @code{set} except for its lack of subcommands. For example, a
5668program might well have a variable @code{width}---which leads to
5669an error if we try to set a new value with just @samp{set width=13}, as
1041a570
RP
5670we might if @code{set width} did not happen to be a _GDBN__ command:
5671
70b88761
RP
5672@example
5673(_GDBP__) whatis width
5674type = double
5675(_GDBP__) p width
5676$4 = 13
5677(_GDBP__) set width=47
5678Invalid syntax in expression.
5679@end example
1041a570 5680
70b88761
RP
5681@noindent
5682The invalid expression, of course, is @samp{=47}. What we can do in
e251e767 5683order to actually set our program's variable @code{width} is
1041a570 5684
70b88761
RP
5685@example
5686(_GDBP__) set var width=47
5687@end example
5688
1041a570
RP
5689_GDBN__ allows more implicit conversions in assignments than C; you can
5690freely store an integer value into a pointer variable or vice versa,
5691and any structure can be converted to any other structure that is the
5692same length or shorter.
e251e767 5693@comment FIXME: how do structs align/pad in these conversions?
70b88761
RP
5694@comment /pesch@cygnus.com 18dec1990
5695
5696To store values into arbitrary places in memory, use the @samp{@{@dots{}@}}
5697construct to generate a value of specified type at a specified address
1041a570 5698(@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). For example, @code{@{int@}0x83040} refers
70b88761
RP
5699to memory location @code{0x83040} as an integer (which implies a certain size
5700and representation in memory), and
5701
5702@example
5703set @{int@}0x83040 = 4
5704@end example
5705
5706@noindent
5707stores the value 4 into that memory location.
5708
5709@node Jumping, Signaling, Assignment, Altering
5710@section Continuing at a Different Address
5711
29a2b744 5712Ordinarily, when you continue your program, you do so at the place where
70b88761
RP
5713it stopped, with the @code{continue} command. You can instead continue at
5714an address of your own choosing, with the following commands:
5715
5716@table @code
5717@item jump @var{linespec}
5718@kindex jump
5719Resume execution at line @var{linespec}. Execution will stop
29a2b744
RP
5720immediately if there is a breakpoint there. @xref{List, ,Printing
5721Source Lines}, for a description of the different forms of
5722@var{linespec}.
70b88761
RP
5723
5724The @code{jump} command does not change the current stack frame, or
5725the stack pointer, or the contents of any memory location or any
5726register other than the program counter. If line @var{linespec} is in
5727a different function from the one currently executing, the results may
5728be bizarre if the two functions expect different patterns of arguments or
5729of local variables. For this reason, the @code{jump} command requests
5730confirmation if the specified line is not in the function currently
5731executing. However, even bizarre results are predictable if you are
29a2b744 5732well acquainted with the machine-language code of your program.
70b88761
RP
5733
5734@item jump *@var{address}
5735Resume execution at the instruction at address @var{address}.
5736@end table
5737
5738You can get much the same effect as the @code{jump} command by storing a
5739new value into the register @code{$pc}. The difference is that this
29a2b744 5740does not start your program running; it only changes the address where it
70b88761
RP
5741@emph{will} run when it is continued. For example,
5742
5743@example
5744set $pc = 0x485
5745@end example
5746
5747@noindent
5748causes the next @code{continue} command or stepping command to execute at
1041a570
RP
5749address @code{0x485}, rather than at the address where your program stopped.
5750@xref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}.
70b88761
RP
5751
5752The most common occasion to use the @code{jump} command is to back up,
5753perhaps with more breakpoints set, over a portion of a program that has
5754already executed, in order to examine its execution in more detail.
5755
5756@node Signaling, Returning, Jumping, Altering
5757@c @group
29a2b744 5758@section Giving your program a Signal
70b88761
RP
5759
5760@table @code
5761@item signal @var{signalnum}
5762@kindex signal
29a2b744 5763Resume execution where your program stopped, but give it immediately the
70b88761
RP
5764signal number @var{signalnum}.
5765
5766Alternatively, if @var{signalnum} is zero, continue execution without
29a2b744 5767giving a signal. This is useful when your program stopped on account of
70b88761
RP
5768a signal and would ordinary see the signal when resumed with the
5769@code{continue} command; @samp{signal 0} causes it to resume without a
5770signal.
5771
5772@code{signal} does not repeat when you press @key{RET} a second time
5773after executing the command.
5774@end table
5775@c @end group
5776
5777@node Returning, Calling, Signaling, Altering
5778@section Returning from a Function
5779
5780@table @code
5781@item return
5782@itemx return @var{expression}
5783@cindex returning from a function
5784@kindex return
5785You can cancel execution of a function call with the @code{return}
5786command. If you give an
5787@var{expression} argument, its value is used as the function's return
e251e767 5788value.
70b88761
RP
5789@end table
5790
5791When you use @code{return}, _GDBN__ discards the selected stack frame
5792(and all frames within it). You can think of this as making the
5793discarded frame return prematurely. If you wish to specify a value to
5794be returned, give that value as the argument to @code{return}.
5795
29a2b744
RP
5796This pops the selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a
5797Frame}), and any other frames inside of it, leaving its caller as the
5798innermost remaining frame. That frame becomes selected. The
5799specified value is stored in the registers used for returning values
5800of functions.
70b88761
RP
5801
5802The @code{return} command does not resume execution; it leaves the
5803program stopped in the state that would exist if the function had just
1041a570
RP
5804returned. In contrast, the @code{finish} command (@pxref{Continuing
5805and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}) resumes execution until the
5806selected stack frame returns naturally.
70b88761 5807
c338a2fd 5808@node Calling, Patching, Returning, Altering
70b88761
RP
5809@section Calling your Program's Functions
5810
5811@cindex calling functions
5812@kindex call
5813@table @code
5814@item call @var{expr}
5815Evaluate the expression @var{expr} without displaying @code{void}
5816returned values.
5817@end table
5818
5819You can use this variant of the @code{print} command if you want to
5820execute a function from your program, but without cluttering the output
5821with @code{void} returned values. The result is printed and saved in
5822the value history, if it is not void.
5823
c338a2fd
RP
5824@node Patching, , Calling, Altering
5825@section Patching your Program
5826@cindex patching binaries
5827@cindex writing into executables
5828@cindex writing into corefiles
1041a570 5829
c338a2fd
RP
5830By default, _GDBN__ opens the file containing your program's executable
5831code (or the corefile) read-only. This prevents accidental alterations
5832to machine code; but it also prevents you from intentionally patching
5833your program's binary.
5834
5835If you'd like to be able to patch the binary, you can specify that
5836explicitly with the @code{set write} command. For example, you might
5837want to turn on internal debugging flags, or even to make emergency
e251e767 5838repairs.
c338a2fd
RP
5839
5840@table @code
5841@item set write on
5842@itemx set write off
5843@kindex set write
5844If you specify @samp{set write on}, _GDBN__ will open executable and
5845core files for both reading and writing; if you specify @samp{set write
5846off} (the default), _GDBN__ will open them read-only.
5847
1041a570 5848If you have already loaded a file, you must load it
c338a2fd
RP
5849again (using the @code{exec-file} or @code{core-file} command) after
5850changing @code{set write}, for your new setting to take effect.
5851
5852@item show write
7d7ff5f6 5853@kindex show write
c338a2fd
RP
5854Display whether executable files and core files will be opened for
5855writing as well as reading.
c338a2fd
RP
5856@end table
5857
70b88761
RP
5858@node _GDBN__ Files, Targets, Altering, Top
5859@chapter _GDBN__'s Files
5860
1041a570
RP
5861_GDBN__ needs to know the file name of the program to be debugged, both in
5862order to read its symbol table and in order to start your program. To
5863debug a core dump of a previous run, _GDBN__ must be told the file name of
5864the core dump.
5865
70b88761 5866@menu
b80282d5
RP
5867* Files:: Commands to Specify Files
5868* Symbol Errors:: Errors Reading Symbol Files
70b88761
RP
5869@end menu
5870
5871@node Files, Symbol Errors, _GDBN__ Files, _GDBN__ Files
5872@section Commands to Specify Files
5873@cindex core dump file
5874@cindex symbol table
70b88761 5875
1041a570
RP
5876The usual way to specify executable and core dump file names is with
5877the command arguments given when you start _GDBN__, (@pxref{Invocation,
5878,Getting In and Out of _GDBN__}.
70b88761
RP
5879
5880Occasionally it is necessary to change to a different file during a
5881_GDBN__ session. Or you may run _GDBN__ and forget to specify the files you
5882want to use. In these situations the _GDBN__ commands to specify new files
5883are useful.
5884
5885@table @code
5886@item file @var{filename}
5887@cindex executable file
5888@kindex file
5889Use @var{filename} as the program to be debugged. It is read for its
5890symbols and for the contents of pure memory. It is also the program
5891executed when you use the @code{run} command. If you do not specify a
1041a570
RP
5892directory and the file is not found in _GDBN__'s working directory, _GDBN__
5893uses the environment variable @code{PATH} as a list of directories to
5894search, just as the shell does when looking for a program to run. You
5895can change the value of this variable, for both _GDBN__ and your program,
5896using the @code{path} command.
70b88761 5897
14d01801
RP
5898On systems with memory-mapped files, an auxiliary symbol table file
5899@file{@var{filename}.syms} may be available for @var{filename}. If it
5900is, _GDBN__ will map in the symbol table from
5901@file{@var{filename}.syms}, starting up more quickly. See the
95d5ceb9
RP
5902descriptions of the options @samp{-mapped} and @samp{-readnow} (available
5903with @code{file}, @code{symbol-file}, or @code{add-symbol-file}), for
5904more information.
14d01801 5905
e0dacfd1 5906@item file
70b88761
RP
5907@code{file} with no argument makes _GDBN__ discard any information it
5908has on both executable file and the symbol table.
5909
e0dacfd1 5910@item exec-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
70b88761
RP
5911@kindex exec-file
5912Specify that the program to be run (but not the symbol table) is found
5913in @var{filename}. _GDBN__ will search the environment variable @code{PATH}
29a2b744 5914if necessary to locate your program. Omitting @var{filename} means to
e0dacfd1 5915discard information on the executable file.
70b88761 5916
e0dacfd1 5917@item symbol-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
70b88761
RP
5918@kindex symbol-file
5919Read symbol table information from file @var{filename}. @code{PATH} is
5920searched when necessary. Use the @code{file} command to get both symbol
5921table and program to run from the same file.
5922
5923@code{symbol-file} with no argument clears out _GDBN__'s information on your
5924program's symbol table.
5925
5926The @code{symbol-file} command causes _GDBN__ to forget the contents of its
5927convenience variables, the value history, and all breakpoints and
5928auto-display expressions. This is because they may contain pointers to
5929the internal data recording symbols and data types, which are part of
5930the old symbol table data being discarded inside _GDBN__.
5931
5932@code{symbol-file} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after
5933executing it once.
5934
14d01801
RP
5935When _GDBN__ is configured for a particular environment, it will
5936understand debugging information in whatever format is the standard
5937generated for that environment; you may use either a GNU compiler, or
5938other compilers that adhere to the local conventions. Best results are
5939usually obtained from GNU compilers; for example, using @code{_GCC__}
5940you can generate debugging information for optimized code.
5941
70b88761 5942On some kinds of object files, the @code{symbol-file} command does not
14d01801 5943normally read the symbol table in full right away. Instead, it scans
70b88761
RP
5944the symbol table quickly to find which source files and which symbols
5945are present. The details are read later, one source file at a time,
1041a570 5946as they are needed.
70b88761
RP
5947
5948The purpose of this two-stage reading strategy is to make _GDBN__ start up
1041a570
RP
5949faster. For the most part, it is invisible except for occasional
5950pauses while the symbol table details for a particular source file are
5951being read. (The @code{set verbose} command can turn these pauses
5952into messages if desired. @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings
5953and Messages}.)
70b88761
RP
5954
5955When the symbol table is stored in COFF format, @code{symbol-file} does
1041a570 5956read the symbol table data in full right away. We have not implemented
70b88761
RP
5957the two-stage strategy for COFF yet.
5958
95d5ceb9
RP
5959@item symbol-file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]}
5960@itemx file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]}
14d01801
RP
5961@kindex readnow
5962@cindex reading symbols immediately
5963@cindex symbols, reading immediately
5964@kindex mapped
5965@cindex memory-mapped symbol file
5966@cindex saving symbol table with memory mapping
5967You can override the _GDBN__ two-stage strategy for reading symbol
95d5ceb9 5968tables by using the @samp{-readnow} option with any of the commands that
14d01801
RP
5969load symbol table information, if you want to be sure _GDBN__ has the
5970entire symbol table available.
5971
5972If memory-mapped files are available on your system through the
95d5ceb9 5973@code{mmap} system call, you can use another option, @samp{-mapped}, to
14d01801
RP
5974get _GDBN__ to write out the symbols for your program in a reusable
5975file. Next time _GDBN__ starts up (if the program hasn't changed), it
5976will map in symbol information from this auxiliary symbol file, rather
5977than spending time reading the symbol table from the executable program.
95d5ceb9 5978Using the @samp{-mapped} option has the same effect as starting _GDBN__
14d01801
RP
5979with the @samp{-m} command-line option.
5980
95d5ceb9 5981You can use both options together, to make sure the auxiliary symbol
14d01801
RP
5982file has all the symbol information for your program.
5983
5984The auxiliary symbol file for a program called @var{myprog} is called
5985@samp{@var{myprog}.syms}. Once this file exists (so long as it is newer
5986than the corresponding executable), _GDBN__ will always attempt to use
5987it when you debug @var{myprog}; no special options or commands are
5988needed.
5989@c FIXME: for now no mention of directories, since this seems to be in
5990@c flux. 13mar1992 status is that in theory GDB would look either in
5991@c current dir or in same dir as myprog; but issues like competing
5992@c GDB's, or clutter in system dirs, mean that in practice right now
5993@c only current dir is used. FFish says maybe a special GDB hierarchy
5994@c (eg rooted in val of env var GDBSYMS) could exist for mappable symbol
5995@c files.
70b88761 5996
e0dacfd1 5997@item core-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
70b88761
RP
5998@kindex core
5999@kindex core-file
6000Specify the whereabouts of a core dump file to be used as the ``contents
6001of memory''. Traditionally, core files contain only some parts of the
6002address space of the process that generated them; _GDBN__ can access the
6003executable file itself for other parts.
6004
6005@code{core-file} with no argument specifies that no core file is
6006to be used.
6007
6008Note that the core file is ignored when your program is actually running
29a2b744 6009under _GDBN__. So, if you have been running your program and you wish to
70b88761
RP
6010debug a core file instead, you must kill the subprocess in which the
6011program is running. To do this, use the @code{kill} command
1041a570 6012(@pxref{Kill Process, ,Killing the Child Process}).
70b88761
RP
6013
6014@item load @var{filename}
6015@kindex load
6016_if__(_GENERIC__)
6017Depending on what remote debugging facilities are configured into
6018_GDBN__, the @code{load} command may be available. Where it exists, it
6019is meant to make @var{filename} (an executable) available for debugging
6020on the remote system---by downloading, or dynamic linking, for example.
6021@code{load} also records @var{filename}'s symbol table in _GDBN__, like
6022the @code{add-symbol-file} command.
6023
6024If @code{load} is not available on your _GDBN__, attempting to execute
6025it gets the error message ``@code{You can't do that when your target is
e251e767 6026@dots{}}''
70b88761
RP
6027_fi__(_GENERIC__)
6028
e251e767 6029_if__(_VXWORKS__)
70b88761
RP
6030On VxWorks, @code{load} will dynamically link @var{filename} on the
6031current target system as well as adding its symbols in _GDBN__.
6032_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
6033
6034_if__(_I960__)
6035@cindex download to Nindy-960
6036With the Nindy interface to an Intel 960 board, @code{load} will
6037download @var{filename} to the 960 as well as adding its symbols in
e251e767 6038_GDBN__.
70b88761
RP
6039_fi__(_I960__)
6040
c7cb8acb
RP
6041_if__(_H8__)
6042@cindex download to H8/300
6043@cindex H8/300 download
6044When you select remote debugging to a Hitachi H8/300 board (@pxref{Hitachi
6045H8/300 Remote,,_GDBN__ and the Hitachi H8/300}), the
6046@code{load} command downloads your program to the H8/300 and also opens
6047it as the current executable target for _GDBN__ on your host (like the
6048@code{file} command).
6049_fi__(_H8__)
6050
70b88761
RP
6051@code{load} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it.
6052
6053@item add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address}
95d5ceb9 6054@itemx add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]}
70b88761
RP
6055@kindex add-symbol-file
6056@cindex dynamic linking
6057The @code{add-symbol-file} command reads additional symbol table information
b80282d5 6058from the file @var{filename}. You would use this command when @var{filename}
70b88761
RP
6059has been dynamically loaded (by some other means) into the program that
6060is running. @var{address} should be the memory address at which the
6061file has been loaded; _GDBN__ cannot figure this out for itself.
6062
6063The symbol table of the file @var{filename} is added to the symbol table
6064originally read with the @code{symbol-file} command. You can use the
6065@code{add-symbol-file} command any number of times; the new symbol data thus
6066read keeps adding to the old. To discard all old symbol data instead,
e251e767 6067use the @code{symbol-file} command.
70b88761
RP
6068
6069@code{add-symbol-file} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it.
6070
95d5ceb9
RP
6071You can use the @samp{-mapped} and @samp{-readnow} options just as with
6072the @code{symbol-file} command, to change how _GDBN__ manages the symbol
6073tabl einformation for @var{filename}.
6074
70b88761
RP
6075@item info files
6076@itemx info target
6077@kindex info files
6078@kindex info target
1041a570
RP
6079@code{info files} and @code{info target} are synonymous; both print
6080the current targets (@pxref{Targets, ,Specifying a Debugging Target}),
6081including the names of the executable and core dump files currently in
6082use by _GDBN__, and the files from which symbols were loaded. The command
6083@code{help targets} lists all possible targets rather than current
6084ones.
70b88761
RP
6085
6086@end table
6087
6088All file-specifying commands allow both absolute and relative file names
6089as arguments. _GDBN__ always converts the file name to an absolute path
6090name and remembers it that way.
6091
70b88761
RP
6092@cindex shared libraries
6093
c338a2fd
RP
6094_GDBN__ supports the SunOS shared library format. _GDBN__ automatically
6095loads symbol definitions from shared libraries when you use the
6096@code{run} command, or when you examine a core file. (Before you issue
1041a570 6097the @code{run} command, _GDBN__ will not understand references to a
29a2b744 6098function in a shared library, however---unless you are debugging a core
c338a2fd
RP
6099file).
6100@c FIXME: next _GDBN__ release should permit some refs to undef
1041a570 6101@c FIXME...symbols---eg in a break cmd---assuming they are from a shared lib
14d01801 6102@c FIXME: still only SunOS??
70b88761
RP
6103
6104@table @code
70b88761
RP
6105@item info share
6106@itemx info sharedlibrary
6107@kindex info sharedlibrary
6108@kindex info share
c338a2fd 6109Print the names of the shared libraries which are currently loaded.
70b88761 6110
c338a2fd
RP
6111@item sharedlibrary @var{regex}
6112@itemx share @var{regex}
6113@kindex sharedlibrary
6114@kindex share
6115This is an obsolescent command; you can use it to explicitly
6116load shared object library symbols for files matching a UNIX regular
6117expression, but as with files loaded automatically, it will only load
6118shared libraries required by your program for a core file or after
6119typing @code{run}. If @var{regex} is omitted all shared libraries
6120required by your program are loaded.
6121@end table
70b88761
RP
6122
6123@node Symbol Errors, , Files, _GDBN__ Files
6124@section Errors Reading Symbol Files
1041a570
RP
6125
6126While reading a symbol file, _GDBN__ will occasionally encounter problems,
6127such as symbol types it does not recognize, or known bugs in compiler
6128output. By default, _GDBN__ does not notify you of such problems, since
6129they are relatively common and primarily of interest to people
6130debugging compilers. If you are interested in seeing information
b80282d5
RP
6131about ill-constructed symbol tables, you can either ask _GDBN__ to print
6132only one message about each such type of problem, no matter how many
6133times the problem occurs; or you can ask _GDBN__ to print more messages,
1041a570
RP
6134to see how many times the problems occur, with the @code{set
6135complaints} command (@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and
6136Messages}).
70b88761
RP
6137
6138The messages currently printed, and their meanings, are:
6139
6140@table @code
6141@item inner block not inside outer block in @var{symbol}
6142
6143The symbol information shows where symbol scopes begin and end
6144(such as at the start of a function or a block of statements). This
6145error indicates that an inner scope block is not fully contained
e251e767 6146in its outer scope blocks.
70b88761
RP
6147
6148_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by treating the inner block as if it had
6149the same scope as the outer block. In the error message, @var{symbol}
6150may be shown as ``@code{(don't know)}'' if the outer block is not a
6151function.
6152
6153@item block at @var{address} out of order
6154
e251e767 6155The symbol information for symbol scope blocks should occur in
70b88761 6156order of increasing addresses. This error indicates that it does not
e251e767 6157do so.
70b88761
RP
6158
6159_GDBN__ does not circumvent this problem, and will have trouble locating
6160symbols in the source file whose symbols being read. (You can often
6161determine what source file is affected by specifying @code{set verbose
29a2b744 6162on}. @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and Messages}.)
70b88761
RP
6163
6164@item bad block start address patched
6165
6166The symbol information for a symbol scope block has a start address
6167smaller than the address of the preceding source line. This is known
e251e767 6168to occur in the SunOS 4.1.1 (and earlier) C compiler.
70b88761
RP
6169
6170_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by treating the symbol scope block as
6171starting on the previous source line.
6172
70b88761
RP
6173@item bad string table offset in symbol @var{n}
6174
6175@cindex foo
6176Symbol number @var{n} contains a pointer into the string table which is
e251e767 6177larger than the size of the string table.
70b88761
RP
6178
6179_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by considering the symbol to have the
6180name @code{foo}, which may cause other problems if many symbols end up
6181with this name.
6182
6183@item unknown symbol type @code{0x@var{nn}}
6184
6185The symbol information contains new data types that _GDBN__ does not yet
6186know how to read. @code{0x@var{nn}} is the symbol type of the misunderstood
e251e767 6187information, in hexadecimal.
70b88761
RP
6188
6189_GDBN__ circumvents the error by ignoring this symbol information. This
29a2b744 6190will usually allow your program to be debugged, though certain symbols
70b88761
RP
6191will not be accessible. If you encounter such a problem and feel like
6192debugging it, you can debug @code{_GDBP__} with itself, breakpoint on
6193@code{complain}, then go up to the function @code{read_dbx_symtab} and
6194examine @code{*bufp} to see the symbol.
6195
6196@item stub type has NULL name
e251e767 6197_GDBN__ could not find the full definition for a struct or class.
70b88761 6198
440d9834 6199@item const/volatile indicator missing (ok if using g++ v1.x), got@dots{}
70b88761
RP
6200
6201The symbol information for a C++ member function is missing some
440d9834
RP
6202information that recent versions of the compiler should have output
6203for it.
70b88761 6204
440d9834 6205@item info mismatch between compiler and debugger
70b88761 6206
440d9834 6207_GDBN__ could not parse a type specification output by the compiler.
70b88761
RP
6208@end table
6209
6210@node Targets, Controlling _GDBN__, _GDBN__ Files, Top
e251e767 6211@chapter Specifying a Debugging Target
70b88761
RP
6212@cindex debugging target
6213@kindex target
1041a570 6214
cedaf8bc 6215A @dfn{target} is the execution environment occupied by your program.
1041a570
RP
6216Often, _GDBN__ runs in the same host environment as your program; in
6217that case, the debugging target is specified as a side effect when you
6218use the @code{file} or @code{core} commands. When you need more
6219flexibility---for example, running _GDBN__ on a physically separate
6220host, or controlling a standalone system over a serial port or a
6221realtime system over a TCP/IP connection---you can use the @code{target}
6222command to specify one of the target types configured for _GDBN__
6223(@pxref{Target Commands, ,Commands for Managing Targets}).
70b88761
RP
6224
6225@menu
b80282d5
RP
6226* Active Targets:: Active Targets
6227* Target Commands:: Commands for Managing Targets
6228* Remote:: Remote Debugging
70b88761
RP
6229@end menu
6230
6231@node Active Targets, Target Commands, Targets, Targets
6232@section Active Targets
6233@cindex stacking targets
6234@cindex active targets
6235@cindex multiple targets
6236
cedaf8bc
RP
6237There are three classes of targets: processes, core files, and
6238executable files. _GDBN__ can work concurrently on up to three active
6239targets, one in each class. This allows you to (for example) start a
6240process and inspect its activity without abandoning your work on a core
6241file.
70b88761 6242
cedaf8bc
RP
6243If, for example, you execute @samp{gdb a.out}, then the executable file
6244@code{a.out} is the only active target. If you designate a core file as
6245well---presumably from a prior run that crashed and coredumped---then
6246_GDBN__ has two active targets and will use them in tandem, looking
6247first in the corefile target, then in the executable file, to satisfy
6248requests for memory addresses. (Typically, these two classes of target
29a2b744 6249are complementary, since core files contain only a program's
cedaf8bc
RP
6250read-write memory---variables and so on---plus machine status, while
6251executable files contain only the program text and initialized data.)
6252
6253When you type @code{run}, your executable file becomes an active process
6254target as well. When a process target is active, all _GDBN__ commands
6255requesting memory addresses refer to that target; addresses in an active
6256core file or executable file target are obscured while the process
6257target is active.
6258
1041a570
RP
6259Use the @code{core-file} and @code{exec-file} commands to select a
6260new core file or executable target (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify
6261Files}). To specify as a target a process that is already running, use
6262the @code{attach} command (@pxref{Attach, ,Debugging an
6263Already-Running Process}.).
70b88761
RP
6264
6265@node Target Commands, Remote, Active Targets, Targets
6266@section Commands for Managing Targets
6267
6268@table @code
6269@item target @var{type} @var{parameters}
6270Connects the _GDBN__ host environment to a target machine or process. A
6271target is typically a protocol for talking to debugging facilities. You
6272use the argument @var{type} to specify the type or protocol of the
6273target machine.
6274
6275Further @var{parameters} are interpreted by the target protocol, but
6276typically include things like device names or host names to connect
e251e767 6277with, process numbers, and baud rates.
70b88761
RP
6278
6279The @code{target} command will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again
6280after executing the command.
6281
6282@item help target
6283@kindex help target
6284Displays the names of all targets available. To display targets
6285currently selected, use either @code{info target} or @code{info files}
29a2b744 6286(@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
70b88761
RP
6287
6288@item help target @var{name}
6289Describe a particular target, including any parameters necessary to
6290select it.
6291@end table
6292
c7cb8acb 6293Here are some common targets (available, or not, depending on the GDB
70b88761
RP
6294configuration):
6295
6296@table @code
6297@item target exec @var{prog}
6298@kindex target exec
6299An executable file. @samp{target exec @var{prog}} is the same as
6300@samp{exec-file @var{prog}}.
6301
6302@item target core @var{filename}
6303@kindex target core
6304A core dump file. @samp{target core @var{filename}} is the same as
6305@samp{core-file @var{filename}}.
6306
6307@item target remote @var{dev}
6308@kindex target remote
c7cb8acb 6309Remote serial target in GDB-specific protocol. The argument @var{dev}
70b88761 6310specifies what serial device to use for the connection (e.g.
1041a570 6311@file{/dev/ttya}). @xref{Remote, ,Remote Debugging}.
70b88761
RP
6312
6313_if__(_AMD29K__)
6314@item target amd-eb @var{dev} @var{speed} @var{PROG}
6315@kindex target amd-eb
6316@cindex AMD EB29K
6317Remote PC-resident AMD EB29K board, attached over serial lines.
6318@var{dev} is the serial device, as for @code{target remote};
6319@var{speed} allows you to specify the linespeed; and @var{PROG} is the
6320name of the program to be debugged, as it appears to DOS on the PC.
1041a570 6321@xref{EB29K Remote, ,GDB with a Remote EB29K}.
70b88761
RP
6322
6323_fi__(_AMD29K__)
c7cb8acb
RP
6324_if__(_H8__)
6325@item target hms
6326@kindex target hms
6327A Hitachi H8/300 board, attached via serial line to your host. Use
6328special commands @code{device} and @code{speed} to control the serial
6329line and the communications speed used. @xref{Hitachi H8/300
6330Remote,,_GDBN__ and the Hitachi H8/300}.
6331
6332_fi__(_H8__)
70b88761
RP
6333_if__(_I960__)
6334@item target nindy @var{devicename}
6335@kindex target nindy
6336An Intel 960 board controlled by a Nindy Monitor. @var{devicename} is
6337the name of the serial device to use for the connection, e.g.
1041a570 6338@file{/dev/ttya}. @xref{i960-Nindy Remote, ,_GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)}.
70b88761
RP
6339
6340_fi__(_I960__)
6341_if__(_VXWORKS__)
6342@item target vxworks @var{machinename}
6343@kindex target vxworks
6344A VxWorks system, attached via TCP/IP. The argument @var{machinename}
6345is the target system's machine name or IP address.
1041a570 6346@xref{VxWorks Remote, ,_GDBN__ and VxWorks}.
70b88761
RP
6347_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
6348@end table
6349
6350_if__(_GENERIC__)
6351Different targets are available on different configurations of _GDBN__; your
6352configuration may have more or fewer targets.
6353_fi__(_GENERIC__)
6354
6355@node Remote, , Target Commands, Targets
6356@section Remote Debugging
6357@cindex remote debugging
6358
29a2b744 6359If you are trying to debug a program running on a machine that cannot run
c7cb8acb 6360GDB in the usual way, it is often useful to use remote debugging. For
70b88761
RP
6361example, you might use remote debugging on an operating system kernel, or on
6362a small system which does not have a general purpose operating system
e251e767 6363powerful enough to run a full-featured debugger.
70b88761 6364
c7cb8acb 6365Some configurations of GDB have special serial or TCP/IP interfaces
70b88761 6366to make this work with particular debugging targets. In addition,
c7cb8acb 6367GDB comes with a generic serial protocol (specific to GDB, but
70b88761
RP
6368not specific to any particular target system) which you can use if you
6369write the remote stubs---the code that will run on the remote system to
c7cb8acb 6370communicate with GDB.
70b88761 6371
c7cb8acb 6372To use the GDB remote serial protocol, the program to be debugged on
70b88761 6373the remote machine needs to contain a debugging stub which talks to
c7cb8acb
RP
6374GDB over the serial line. Several working remote stubs are
6375distributed with GDB; see the @file{README} file in the GDB
70b88761
RP
6376distribution for more information.
6377
6378For details of this communication protocol, see the comments in the
c7cb8acb 6379GDB source file @file{remote.c}.
70b88761 6380
c7cb8acb
RP
6381To start remote debugging, first run GDB and specify as an executable file
6382the program that is running in the remote machine. This tells GDB how
29a2b744 6383to find your program's symbols and the contents of its pure text. Then
70b88761
RP
6384establish communication using the @code{target remote} command with a device
6385name as an argument. For example:
6386
6387@example
6388target remote /dev/ttyb
6389@end example
6390
6391@noindent
6392if the serial line is connected to the device named @file{/dev/ttyb}. This
6393will stop the remote machine if it is not already stopped.
6394
6395Now you can use all the usual commands to examine and change data and to
6396step and continue the remote program.
6397
6398To resume the remote program and stop debugging it, use the @code{detach}
6399command.
6400
6401Other remote targets may be available in your
c7cb8acb 6402configuration of GDB; use @code{help targets} to list them.
70b88761
RP
6403
6404_if__(_GENERIC__)
1041a570
RP
6405_dnl__ Text on starting up GDB in various specific cases; it goes up front
6406_dnl__ in manuals configured for any of those particular situations, here
6407_dnl__ otherwise.
6408@menu
6409_include__(gdbinv-m.m4)<>_dnl__
6410@end menu
70b88761
RP
6411_include__(gdbinv-s.m4)
6412_fi__(_GENERIC__)
6413
6414@node Controlling _GDBN__, Sequences, Targets, Top
6415@chapter Controlling _GDBN__
6416
6417You can alter many aspects of _GDBN__'s interaction with you by using
6418the @code{set} command. For commands controlling how _GDBN__ displays
1041a570 6419data, @pxref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}; other settings are described here.
70b88761
RP
6420
6421@menu
b80282d5
RP
6422* Prompt:: Prompt
6423* Editing:: Command Editing
6424* History:: Command History
6425* Screen Size:: Screen Size
6426* Numbers:: Numbers
6427* Messages/Warnings:: Optional Warnings and Messages
70b88761
RP
6428@end menu
6429
6430@node Prompt, Editing, Controlling _GDBN__, Controlling _GDBN__
6431@section Prompt
6432@cindex prompt
1041a570 6433
70b88761
RP
6434_GDBN__ indicates its readiness to read a command by printing a string
6435called the @dfn{prompt}. This string is normally @samp{(_GDBP__)}. You
6436can change the prompt string with the @code{set prompt} command. For
6437instance, when debugging _GDBN__ with _GDBN__, it is useful to change
6438the prompt in one of the _GDBN__<>s so that you can always tell which
6439one you are talking to.
6440
6441@table @code
6442@item set prompt @var{newprompt}
6443@kindex set prompt
6444Directs _GDBN__ to use @var{newprompt} as its prompt string henceforth.
6445@kindex show prompt
6446@item show prompt
6447Prints a line of the form: @samp{Gdb's prompt is: @var{your-prompt}}
6448@end table
6449
6450@node Editing, History, Prompt, Controlling _GDBN__
6451@section Command Editing
6452@cindex readline
6453@cindex command line editing
1041a570 6454
70b88761
RP
6455_GDBN__ reads its input commands via the @dfn{readline} interface. This
6456GNU library provides consistent behavior for programs which provide a
6457command line interface to the user. Advantages are @code{emacs}-style
6458or @code{vi}-style inline editing of commands, @code{csh}-like history
6459substitution, and a storage and recall of command history across
6460debugging sessions.
6461
6462You may control the behavior of command line editing in _GDBN__ with the
e251e767 6463command @code{set}.
70b88761
RP
6464
6465@table @code
6466@kindex set editing
6467@cindex editing
6468@item set editing
6469@itemx set editing on
6470Enable command line editing (enabled by default).
6471
6472@item set editing off
6473Disable command line editing.
6474
6475@kindex show editing
6476@item show editing
6477Show whether command line editing is enabled.
6478@end table
6479
6480@node History, Screen Size, Editing, Controlling _GDBN__
6481@section Command History
1041a570 6482
70b88761
RP
6483@table @code
6484@cindex history substitution
6485@cindex history file
6486@kindex set history filename
6487@item set history filename @var{fname}
6488Set the name of the _GDBN__ command history file to @var{fname}. This is
6489the file from which _GDBN__ will read an initial command history
6490list or to which it will write this list when it exits. This list is
6491accessed through history expansion or through the history
6492command editing characters listed below. This file defaults to the
6493value of the environment variable @code{GDBHISTFILE}, or to
6494@file{./.gdb_history} if this variable is not set.
6495
6496@cindex history save
6497@kindex set history save
6498@item set history save
6499@itemx set history save on
6500Record command history in a file, whose name may be specified with the
6501@code{set history filename} command. By default, this option is disabled.
6502
6503@item set history save off
6504Stop recording command history in a file.
6505
6506@cindex history size
6507@kindex set history size
6508@item set history size @var{size}
6509Set the number of commands which _GDBN__ will keep in its history list.
6510This defaults to the value of the environment variable
6511@code{HISTSIZE}, or to 256 if this variable is not set.
6512@end table
6513
6514@cindex history expansion
6515History expansion assigns special meaning to the character @kbd{!}.
6516@iftex
1041a570 6517@xref{Event Designators}.
70b88761
RP
6518@end iftex
6519Since @kbd{!} is also the logical not operator in C, history expansion
6520is off by default. If you decide to enable history expansion with the
6521@code{set history expansion on} command, you may sometimes need to
6522follow @kbd{!} (when it is used as logical not, in an expression) with
6523a space or a tab to prevent it from being expanded. The readline
6524history facilities will not attempt substitution on the strings
6525@kbd{!=} and @kbd{!(}, even when history expansion is enabled.
6526
6527The commands to control history expansion are:
6528
6529@table @code
6530
6531@kindex set history expansion
6532@item set history expansion on
6533@itemx set history expansion
6534Enable history expansion. History expansion is off by default.
6535
6536@item set history expansion off
6537Disable history expansion.
6538
6539The readline code comes with more complete documentation of
6540editing and history expansion features. Users unfamiliar with @code{emacs}
e251e767 6541or @code{vi} may wish to read it.
70b88761
RP
6542@iftex
6543@xref{Command Line Editing}.
6544@end iftex
6545
6546@c @group
6547@kindex show history
6548@item show history
6549@itemx show history filename
6550@itemx show history save
6551@itemx show history size
6552@itemx show history expansion
6553These commands display the state of the _GDBN__ history parameters.
6554@code{show history} by itself displays all four states.
6555@c @end group
70b88761
RP
6556@end table
6557
6558@table @code
6559@kindex show commands
6560@item show commands
6561Display the last ten commands in the command history.
6562
6563@item show commands @var{n}
6564Print ten commands centered on command number @var{n}.
6565
6566@item show commands +
6567Print ten commands just after the commands last printed.
70b88761
RP
6568@end table
6569
6570@node Screen Size, Numbers, History, Controlling _GDBN__
6571@section Screen Size
6572@cindex size of screen
6573@cindex pauses in output
1041a570 6574
70b88761
RP
6575Certain commands to _GDBN__ may produce large amounts of information
6576output to the screen. To help you read all of it, _GDBN__ pauses and
6577asks you for input at the end of each page of output. Type @key{RET}
6578when you want to continue the output. _GDBN__ also uses the screen
6579width setting to determine when to wrap lines of output. Depending on
6580what is being printed, it tries to break the line at a readable place,
6581rather than simply letting it overflow onto the following line.
6582
6583Normally _GDBN__ knows the size of the screen from the termcap data base
6584together with the value of the @code{TERM} environment variable and the
6585@code{stty rows} and @code{stty cols} settings. If this is not correct,
6586you can override it with the @code{set height} and @code{set
6587width} commands:
6588
6589@table @code
6590@item set height @var{lpp}
6591@itemx show height
6592@itemx set width @var{cpl}
6593@itemx show width
6594@kindex set height
6595@kindex set width
6596@kindex show width
6597@kindex show height
6598These @code{set} commands specify a screen height of @var{lpp} lines and
6599a screen width of @var{cpl} characters. The associated @code{show}
6600commands display the current settings.
6601
6602If you specify a height of zero lines, _GDBN__ will not pause during output
6603no matter how long the output is. This is useful if output is to a file
6604or to an editor buffer.
6605@end table
6606
6607@node Numbers, Messages/Warnings, Screen Size, Controlling _GDBN__
6608@section Numbers
6609@cindex number representation
6610@cindex entering numbers
1041a570 6611
70b88761
RP
6612You can always enter numbers in octal, decimal, or hexadecimal in _GDBN__ by
6613the usual conventions: octal numbers begin with @samp{0}, decimal
6614numbers end with @samp{.}, and hexadecimal numbers begin with @samp{0x}.
6615Numbers that begin with none of these are, by default, entered in base
661610; likewise, the default display for numbers---when no particular
6617format is specified---is base 10. You can change the default base for
6618both input and output with the @code{set radix} command.
6619
6620@table @code
6621@kindex set radix
6622@item set radix @var{base}
6623Set the default base for numeric input and display. Supported choices
c2bbbb22 6624for @var{base} are decimal 2, 8, 10, 16. @var{base} must itself be
70b88761
RP
6625specified either unambiguously or using the current default radix; for
6626example, any of
6627
6628@example
c2bbbb22 6629set radix 1010
70b88761
RP
6630set radix 012
6631set radix 10.
6632set radix 0xa
6633@end example
6634
6635@noindent
6636will set the base to decimal. On the other hand, @samp{set radix 10}
6637will leave the radix unchanged no matter what it was.
6638
6639@kindex show radix
6640@item show radix
6641Display the current default base for numeric input and display.
70b88761
RP
6642@end table
6643
c2bbbb22 6644@node Messages/Warnings, , Numbers, Controlling _GDBN__
70b88761 6645@section Optional Warnings and Messages
1041a570 6646
70b88761
RP
6647By default, _GDBN__ is silent about its inner workings. If you are running
6648on a slow machine, you may want to use the @code{set verbose} command.
6649It will make _GDBN__ tell you when it does a lengthy internal operation, so
1041a570 6650you will not think it has crashed.
70b88761 6651
1041a570
RP
6652Currently, the messages controlled by @code{set verbose} are those
6653which announce that the symbol table for a source file is being read
6654(@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}, in the description of the
6655command @code{symbol-file}).
29a2b744 6656@c The following is the right way to do it, but emacs 18.55 does not support
70b88761 6657@c @ref, and neither the emacs lisp manual version of texinfmt or makeinfo
e251e767 6658@c is released.
70b88761 6659@ignore
29a2b744 6660see @code{symbol-file} in @ref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
70b88761
RP
6661@end ignore
6662
6663@table @code
6664@kindex set verbose
6665@item set verbose on
6666Enables _GDBN__'s output of certain informational messages.
6667
6668@item set verbose off
6669Disables _GDBN__'s output of certain informational messages.
6670
6671@kindex show verbose
6672@item show verbose
6673Displays whether @code{set verbose} is on or off.
6674@end table
6675
b80282d5
RP
6676By default, if _GDBN__ encounters bugs in the symbol table of an object
6677file, it is silent; but if you are debugging a compiler, you may find
1041a570 6678this information useful (@pxref{Symbol Errors, ,Errors Reading Symbol Files}).
70b88761
RP
6679
6680@table @code
6681@kindex set complaints
6682@item set complaints @var{limit}
6683Permits _GDBN__ to output @var{limit} complaints about each type of unusual
6684symbols before becoming silent about the problem. Set @var{limit} to
6685zero to suppress all complaints; set it to a large number to prevent
6686complaints from being suppressed.
6687
6688@kindex show complaints
6689@item show complaints
6690Displays how many symbol complaints _GDBN__ is permitted to produce.
6691@end table
6692
6693By default, _GDBN__ is cautious, and asks what sometimes seem to be a
6694lot of stupid questions to confirm certain commands. For example, if
6695you try to run a program which is already running:
1041a570 6696
70b88761
RP
6697@example
6698(_GDBP__) run
6699The program being debugged has been started already.
e251e767 6700Start it from the beginning? (y or n)
70b88761
RP
6701@end example
6702
29a2b744 6703If you are willing to unflinchingly face the consequences of your own
70b88761
RP
6704commands, you can disable this ``feature'':
6705
6706@table @code
6707@kindex set confirm
6708@cindex flinching
6709@cindex confirmation
6710@cindex stupid questions
6711@item set confirm off
6712Disables confirmation requests.
6713
6714@item set confirm on
6715Enables confirmation requests (the default).
6716
6717@item show confirm
6718@kindex show confirm
6719Displays state of confirmation requests.
6720@end table
6721
29a2b744 6722@c FIXME this does not really belong here. But where *does* it belong?
b80282d5
RP
6723@cindex reloading symbols
6724Some systems allow individual object files that make up your program to
6725be replaced without stopping and restarting your program.
6726_if__(_VXWORKS__)
6727For example, in VxWorks you can simply recompile a defective object file
6728and keep on running.
6729_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
29a2b744 6730If you are running on one of these systems, you can allow _GDBN__ to
1041a570
RP
6731reload the symbols for automatically relinked modules:
6732
b80282d5
RP
6733@table @code
6734@kindex set symbol-reloading
6735@item set symbol-reloading on
6736Replace symbol definitions for the corresponding source file when an
6737object file with a particular name is seen again.
6738
6739@item set symbol-reloading off
1041a570 6740Do not replace symbol definitions when re-encountering object files of
29a2b744 6741the same name. This is the default state; if you are not running on a
b80282d5
RP
6742system that permits automatically relinking modules, you should leave
6743@code{symbol-reloading} off, since otherwise _GDBN__ may discard symbols
6744when linking large programs, that may contain several modules (from
6745different directories or libraries) with the same name.
6746
6747@item show symbol-reloading
6748Show the current @code{on} or @code{off} setting.
6749@end table
6750
70b88761
RP
6751@node Sequences, Emacs, Controlling _GDBN__, Top
6752@chapter Canned Sequences of Commands
6753
29a2b744 6754Aside from breakpoint commands (@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint
1041a570
RP
6755Command Lists}), _GDBN__ provides two ways to store sequences of commands
6756for execution as a unit: user-defined commands and command files.
70b88761
RP
6757
6758@menu
b80282d5
RP
6759* Define:: User-Defined Commands
6760* Command Files:: Command Files
6761* Output:: Commands for Controlled Output
70b88761
RP
6762@end menu
6763
6764@node Define, Command Files, Sequences, Sequences
6765@section User-Defined Commands
6766
6767@cindex user-defined command
6768A @dfn{user-defined command} is a sequence of _GDBN__ commands to which you
6769assign a new name as a command. This is done with the @code{define}
6770command.
6771
6772@table @code
6773@item define @var{commandname}
6774@kindex define
6775Define a command named @var{commandname}. If there is already a command
6776by that name, you are asked to confirm that you want to redefine it.
6777
6778The definition of the command is made up of other _GDBN__ command lines,
6779which are given following the @code{define} command. The end of these
6780commands is marked by a line containing @code{end}.
6781
6782@item document @var{commandname}
6783@kindex document
6784Give documentation to the user-defined command @var{commandname}. The
6785command @var{commandname} must already be defined. This command reads
6786lines of documentation just as @code{define} reads the lines of the
6787command definition, ending with @code{end}. After the @code{document}
6788command is finished, @code{help} on command @var{commandname} will print
6789the documentation you have specified.
6790
6791You may use the @code{document} command again to change the
6792documentation of a command. Redefining the command with @code{define}
6793does not change the documentation.
6794
6795@item help user-defined
6796@kindex help user-defined
6797List all user-defined commands, with the first line of the documentation
6798(if any) for each.
6799
6800@item info user
6801@itemx info user @var{commandname}
6802@kindex info user
6803Display the _GDBN__ commands used to define @var{commandname} (but not its
6804documentation). If no @var{commandname} is given, display the
6805definitions for all user-defined commands.
6806@end table
6807
6808User-defined commands do not take arguments. When they are executed, the
6809commands of the definition are not printed. An error in any command
6810stops execution of the user-defined command.
6811
6812Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed
6813without asking when used inside a user-defined command. Many _GDBN__ commands
6814that normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages
6815when used in a user-defined command.
6816
6817@node Command Files, Output, Define, Sequences
6818@section Command Files
6819
6820@cindex command files
6821A command file for _GDBN__ is a file of lines that are _GDBN__ commands. Comments
6822(lines starting with @kbd{#}) may also be included. An empty line in a
6823command file does nothing; it does not mean to repeat the last command, as
6824it would from the terminal.
6825
6826@cindex init file
6827@cindex @file{_GDBINIT__}
6828When you start _GDBN__, it automatically executes commands from its
1041a570
RP
6829@dfn{init files}. These are files named @file{_GDBINIT__}. _GDBN__ reads
6830the init file (if any) in your home directory and then the init file
6831(if any) in the current working directory. (The init files are not
6832executed if you use the @samp{-nx} option; @pxref{Mode Options,
6833,Choosing Modes}.) You can also request the execution of a command
6834file with the @code{source} command:
70b88761
RP
6835
6836@table @code
6837@item source @var{filename}
6838@kindex source
6839Execute the command file @var{filename}.
6840@end table
6841
6842The lines in a command file are executed sequentially. They are not
6843printed as they are executed. An error in any command terminates execution
6844of the command file.
6845
6846Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed
6847without asking when used in a command file. Many _GDBN__ commands that
6848normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages
6849when called from command files.
6850
6851@node Output, , Command Files, Sequences
6852@section Commands for Controlled Output
6853
6854During the execution of a command file or a user-defined command, normal
6855_GDBN__ output is suppressed; the only output that appears is what is
6856explicitly printed by the commands in the definition. This section
6857describes three commands useful for generating exactly the output you
6858want.
6859
6860@table @code
6861@item echo @var{text}
6862@kindex echo
29a2b744
RP
6863@c I do not consider backslash-space a standard C escape sequence
6864@c because it is not in ANSI.
1041a570
RP
6865Print @var{text}. Nonprinting characters can be included in
6866@var{text} using C escape sequences, such as @samp{\n} to print a
6867newline. @strong{No newline will be printed unless you specify one.}
6868In addition to the standard C escape sequences, a backslash followed
6869by a space stands for a space. This is useful for outputting a
6870string with spaces at the beginning or the end, since leading and
6871trailing spaces are otherwise trimmed from all arguments.
6872To print @samp{@w{ }and foo =@w{ }}, use the command
6873@samp{echo \@w{ }and foo = \@w{ }}.
70b88761
RP
6874
6875A backslash at the end of @var{text} can be used, as in C, to continue
6876the command onto subsequent lines. For example,
6877
6878@example
6879echo This is some text\n\
6880which is continued\n\
6881onto several lines.\n
6882@end example
6883
6884produces the same output as
6885
6886@example
6887echo This is some text\n
6888echo which is continued\n
6889echo onto several lines.\n
6890@end example
6891
6892@item output @var{expression}
6893@kindex output
6894Print the value of @var{expression} and nothing but that value: no
6895newlines, no @samp{$@var{nn} = }. The value is not entered in the
1041a570 6896value history either. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information on
e251e767 6897expressions.
70b88761
RP
6898
6899@item output/@var{fmt} @var{expression}
6900Print the value of @var{expression} in format @var{fmt}. You can use
6901the same formats as for @code{print}; @pxref{Output formats}, for more
6902information.
6903
6904@item printf @var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{}
6905@kindex printf
6906Print the values of the @var{expressions} under the control of
6907@var{string}. The @var{expressions} are separated by commas and may
6908be either numbers or pointers. Their values are printed as specified
29a2b744 6909by @var{string}, exactly as if your program were to execute
70b88761
RP
6910
6911@example
6912printf (@var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{});
6913@end example
6914
6915For example, you can print two values in hex like this:
6916
6917@example
6918printf "foo, bar-foo = 0x%x, 0x%x\n", foo, bar-foo
6919@end example
6920
6921The only backslash-escape sequences that you can use in the format
6922string are the simple ones that consist of backslash followed by a
6923letter.
6924@end table
6925
6ca72cc6
RP
6926_if__(_LUCID__)
6927@node Emacs, Energize, Sequences, Top
6928_fi__(_LUCID__)
6929_if__(!_LUCID__)
70b88761 6930@node Emacs, _GDBN__ Bugs, Sequences, Top
6ca72cc6 6931_fi__(!_LUCID__)
70b88761
RP
6932@chapter Using _GDBN__ under GNU Emacs
6933
6934@cindex emacs
6935A special interface allows you to use GNU Emacs to view (and
6936edit) the source files for the program you are debugging with
6937_GDBN__.
6938
6939To use this interface, use the command @kbd{M-x gdb} in Emacs. Give the
6940executable file you want to debug as an argument. This command starts
6941_GDBN__ as a subprocess of Emacs, with input and output through a newly
6942created Emacs buffer.
6943
6944Using _GDBN__ under Emacs is just like using _GDBN__ normally except for two
6945things:
6946
6947@itemize @bullet
6948@item
e251e767 6949All ``terminal'' input and output goes through the Emacs buffer.
70b88761
RP
6950@end itemize
6951
6952This applies both to _GDBN__ commands and their output, and to the input
6953and output done by the program you are debugging.
6954
6955This is useful because it means that you can copy the text of previous
6956commands and input them again; you can even use parts of the output
6957in this way.
6958
3d3ab540
RP
6959All the facilities of Emacs' Shell mode are available for interacting
6960with your program. In particular, you can send signals the usual
6961way---for example, @kbd{C-c C-c} for an interrupt, @kbd{C-c C-z} for a
6962stop.
70b88761
RP
6963
6964@itemize @bullet
6965@item
e251e767 6966_GDBN__ displays source code through Emacs.
70b88761
RP
6967@end itemize
6968
6969Each time _GDBN__ displays a stack frame, Emacs automatically finds the
6970source file for that frame and puts an arrow (_0__@samp{=>}_1__) at the
6971left margin of the current line. Emacs uses a separate buffer for
6972source display, and splits the window to show both your _GDBN__ session
6973and the source.
6974
6975Explicit _GDBN__ @code{list} or search commands still produce output as
6976usual, but you probably will have no reason to use them.
6977
6978@quotation
6979@emph{Warning:} If the directory where your program resides is not your
6980current directory, it can be easy to confuse Emacs about the location of
6981the source files, in which case the auxiliary display buffer will not
6982appear to show your source. _GDBN__ can find programs by searching your
6983environment's @code{PATH} variable, so the _GDBN__ input and output
29a2b744 6984session will proceed normally; but Emacs does not get enough information
70b88761
RP
6985back from _GDBN__ to locate the source files in this situation. To
6986avoid this problem, either start _GDBN__ mode from the directory where
6987your program resides, or specify a full path name when prompted for the
6988@kbd{M-x gdb} argument.
6989
6990A similar confusion can result if you use the _GDBN__ @code{file} command to
6991switch to debugging a program in some other location, from an existing
6992_GDBN__ buffer in Emacs.
6993@end quotation
6994
6995By default, @kbd{M-x gdb} calls the program called @file{gdb}. If
6996you need to call _GDBN__ by a different name (for example, if you keep
6997several configurations around, with different names) you can set the
6998Emacs variable @code{gdb-command-name}; for example,
1041a570 6999
70b88761
RP
7000@example
7001(setq gdb-command-name "mygdb")
7002@end example
1041a570 7003
70b88761
RP
7004@noindent
7005(preceded by @kbd{ESC ESC}, or typed in the @code{*scratch*} buffer, or
7006in your @file{.emacs} file) will make Emacs call the program named
7007``@code{mygdb}'' instead.
7008
7009In the _GDBN__ I/O buffer, you can use these special Emacs commands in
7010addition to the standard Shell mode commands:
7011
7012@table @kbd
7013@item C-h m
7014Describe the features of Emacs' _GDBN__ Mode.
7015
7016@item M-s
7017Execute to another source line, like the _GDBN__ @code{step} command; also
7018update the display window to show the current file and location.
7019
7020@item M-n
7021Execute to next source line in this function, skipping all function
7022calls, like the _GDBN__ @code{next} command. Then update the display window
7023to show the current file and location.
7024
7025@item M-i
7026Execute one instruction, like the _GDBN__ @code{stepi} command; update
7027display window accordingly.
7028
7029@item M-x gdb-nexti
7030Execute to next instruction, using the _GDBN__ @code{nexti} command; update
7031display window accordingly.
7032
7033@item C-c C-f
7034Execute until exit from the selected stack frame, like the _GDBN__
7035@code{finish} command.
7036
7037@item M-c
29a2b744 7038Continue execution of your program, like the _GDBN__ @code{continue}
1041a570 7039command.
203eea5d
RP
7040
7041@emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-p}.
70b88761
RP
7042
7043@item M-u
7044Go up the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument
7045(@pxref{Arguments, , Numeric Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}),
1041a570 7046like the _GDBN__ @code{up} command.
203eea5d 7047
1041a570 7048@emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-u}.
70b88761
RP
7049
7050@item M-d
7051Go down the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument, like the
1041a570 7052_GDBN__ @code{down} command.
203eea5d
RP
7053
7054@emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-d}.
70b88761
RP
7055
7056@item C-x &
7057Read the number where the cursor is positioned, and insert it at the end
7058of the _GDBN__ I/O buffer. For example, if you wish to disassemble code
7059around an address that was displayed earlier, type @kbd{disassemble};
7060then move the cursor to the address display, and pick up the
e251e767 7061argument for @code{disassemble} by typing @kbd{C-x &}.
70b88761
RP
7062
7063You can customize this further on the fly by defining elements of the list
7064@code{gdb-print-command}; once it is defined, you can format or
7065otherwise process numbers picked up by @kbd{C-x &} before they are
c2bbbb22 7066inserted. A numeric argument to @kbd{C-x &} will both indicate that you
70b88761
RP
7067wish special formatting, and act as an index to pick an element of the
7068list. If the list element is a string, the number to be inserted is
7069formatted using the Emacs function @code{format}; otherwise the number
7070is passed as an argument to the corresponding list element.
70b88761
RP
7071@end table
7072
7073In any source file, the Emacs command @kbd{C-x SPC} (@code{gdb-break})
7074tells _GDBN__ to set a breakpoint on the source line point is on.
7075
7076If you accidentally delete the source-display buffer, an easy way to get
7077it back is to type the command @code{f} in the _GDBN__ buffer, to
7078request a frame display; when you run under Emacs, this will recreate
7079the source buffer if necessary to show you the context of the current
7080frame.
7081
7082The source files displayed in Emacs are in ordinary Emacs buffers
7083which are visiting the source files in the usual way. You can edit
7084the files with these buffers if you wish; but keep in mind that _GDBN__
7085communicates with Emacs in terms of line numbers. If you add or
7086delete lines from the text, the line numbers that _GDBN__ knows will cease
7087to correspond properly to the code.
7088
7089@c The following dropped because Epoch is nonstandard. Reactivate
7090@c if/when v19 does something similar. ---pesch@cygnus.com 19dec1990
7091@ignore
e251e767 7092@kindex emacs epoch environment
70b88761
RP
7093@kindex epoch
7094@kindex inspect
7095
7096Version 18 of Emacs has a built-in window system called the @code{epoch}
7097environment. Users of this environment can use a new command,
7098@code{inspect} which performs identically to @code{print} except that
7099each value is printed in its own window.
7100@end ignore
7101
6ca72cc6
RP
7102_if__(_LUCID__)
7103@node Energize, _GDBN__ Bugs, Emacs, Top
7104@chapter Using _GDBN__ with Energize
7105
7106@cindex Energize
7107The Energize Programming System is an integrated development environment
7108that includes a point-and-click interface to many programming tools.
7109When you use _GDBN__ in this environment, you can use the standard
7110Energize graphical interface to drive _GDBN__; you can also, if you
7111choose, type _GDBN__ commands as usual in a debugging window. Even if
7112you use the graphical interface, the debugging window (which uses Emacs,
7113and resembles the standard Emacs interface to _GDBN__) displays the
7114equivalent commands, so that the history of your debugging session is
7115properly reflected.
7116
7117When Energize starts up a _GDBN__ session, it uses one of the
7118command-line options @samp{-energize} or @samp{-cadillac} (``cadillac''
7119is the name of the communications protocol used by the Energize system).
7120This option makes _GDBN__ run as one of the tools in the Energize Tool
7121Set: it sends all output to the Energize kernel, and accept input from
7122it as well.
7123
7124See the user manual for the Energize Programming System for
7125information on how to use the Energize graphical interface and the other
7126development tools that Energize integrates with _GDBN__.
7127
7128@node _GDBN__ Bugs, Renamed Commands, Energize, Top
7129_fi__(_LUCID__)
7130_if__(!_LUCID__)
70b88761 7131@node _GDBN__ Bugs, Renamed Commands, Emacs, Top
6ca72cc6 7132_fi__(!_LUCID__)
70b88761
RP
7133@chapter Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
7134@cindex Bugs in _GDBN__
7135@cindex Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
7136
7137Your bug reports play an essential role in making _GDBN__ reliable.
7138
7139Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it
7140may not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help
7141the entire community by making the next version of _GDBN__ work better. Bug
7142reports are your contribution to the maintenance of _GDBN__.
7143
7144In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7145information that enables us to fix the bug.
7146
7147@menu
b80282d5
RP
7148* Bug Criteria:: Have You Found a Bug?
7149* Bug Reporting:: How to Report Bugs
70b88761
RP
7150@end menu
7151
7152@node Bug Criteria, Bug Reporting, _GDBN__ Bugs, _GDBN__ Bugs
7153@section Have You Found a Bug?
7154@cindex Bug Criteria
7155
7156If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7157
7158@itemize @bullet
7159@item
7160@cindex Fatal Signal
7161@cindex Core Dump
7162If the debugger gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
7163_GDBN__ bug. Reliable debuggers never crash.
7164
7165@item
7166@cindex error on Valid Input
7167If _GDBN__ produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
7168
7169@item
7170@cindex Invalid Input
7171If _GDBN__ does not produce an error message for invalid input,
7172that is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of
7173``invalid input'' might be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support
7174for traditional practice''.
7175
7176@item
7177If you are an experienced user of debugging tools, your suggestions
7178for improvement of _GDBN__ are welcome in any case.
7179@end itemize
7180
7181@node Bug Reporting, , Bug Criteria, _GDBN__ Bugs
7182@section How to Report Bugs
7183@cindex Bug Reports
3d3ab540 7184@cindex _GDBN__ Bugs, Reporting
70b88761
RP
7185
7186A number of companies and individuals offer support for GNU products.
7187If you obtained _GDBN__ from a support organization, we recommend you
e251e767 7188contact that organization first.
70b88761
RP
7189
7190Contact information for many support companies and individuals is
7191available in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the GNU Emacs distribution.
7192
7193In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for _GDBN__ to one
7194of these addresses:
7195
7196@example
7197bug-gdb@@prep.ai.mit.edu
7198@{ucbvax|mit-eddie|uunet@}!prep.ai.mit.edu!bug-gdb
7199@end example
7200
7201@strong{Do not send bug reports to @samp{info-gdb}, or to
7202@samp{help-gdb}, or to any newsgroups.} Most users of _GDBN__ do not want to
7203receive bug reports. Those that do, have arranged to receive @samp{bug-gdb}.
7204
3d3ab540
RP
7205The mailing list @samp{bug-gdb} has a newsgroup @samp{gnu.gdb.bug} which
7206serves as a repeater. The mailing list and the newsgroup carry exactly
7207the same messages. Often people think of posting bug reports to the
7208newsgroup instead of mailing them. This appears to work, but it has one
7209problem which can be crucial: a newsgroup posting often lacks a mail
7210path back to the sender. Thus, if we need to ask for more information,
7211we may be unable to reach you. For this reason, it is better to send
7212bug reports to the mailing list.
70b88761
RP
7213
7214As a last resort, send bug reports on paper to:
7215
7216@example
7217GNU Debugger Bugs
3d3ab540 7218Free Software Foundation
70b88761
RP
7219545 Tech Square
7220Cambridge, MA 02139
7221@end example
7222
7223The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7224@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7225fact or leave it out, state it!
7226
7227Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
29a2b744 7228problem and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might
70b88761 7229assume that the name of the variable you use in an example does not matter.
29a2b744 7230Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a
70b88761
RP
7231stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where that
7232name is stored in memory; perhaps, if the name were different, the contents
7233of that location would fool the debugger into doing the right thing despite
7234the bug. Play it safe and give a specific, complete example. That is the
7235easiest thing for you to do, and the most helpful.
7236
7237Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix
1041a570 7238the bug if it is new to us. It is not as important as what happens if
70b88761
RP
7239the bug is already known. Therefore, always write your bug reports on
7240the assumption that the bug has not been reported previously.
7241
7242Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
7243bell?'' Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to
7244@emph{refuse to respond to them} except to chide the sender to report
7245bugs properly.
7246
7247To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7248
7249@itemize @bullet
7250@item
7251The version of _GDBN__. _GDBN__ announces it if you start with no
7252arguments; you can also print it at any time using @code{show version}.
7253
1041a570 7254Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
70b88761
RP
7255the bug in the current version of _GDBN__.
7256
7257@item
ddf21240
JG
7258The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7259version number.
70b88761
RP
7260
7261@item
7262What compiler (and its version) was used to compile _GDBN__---e.g.
c7cb8acb 7263``_GCC__-2.0''.
70b88761 7264
ddf21240
JG
7265@item
7266What compiler (and its version) was used to compile the program you
c7cb8acb 7267are debugging---e.g. ``_GCC__-2.0''.
ddf21240 7268
70b88761
RP
7269@item
7270The command arguments you gave the compiler to compile your example and
7271observe the bug. For example, did you use @samp{-O}? To guarantee
1041a570 7272you will not omit something important, list them all. A copy of the
ddf21240 7273Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
70b88761
RP
7274
7275If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7276and then we might not encounter the bug.
7277
7278@item
ddf21240
JG
7279A complete input script, and all necessary source files, that will
7280reproduce the bug.
70b88761
RP
7281
7282@item
7283A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7284incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7285
7286Of course, if the bug is that _GDBN__ gets a fatal signal, then we will
7287certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7288notice unless it is glaringly wrong. We are human, after all. You
7289might as well not give us a chance to make a mistake.
7290
7291Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still
7292say so explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as,
7293your copy of _GDBN__ is out of synch, or you have encountered a
7294bug in the C library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy
7295might crash and ours would not. If you told us to expect a crash,
7296then when ours fails to crash, we would know that the bug was not
7297happening for us. If you had not told us to expect a crash, then we
7298would not be able to draw any conclusion from our observations.
7299
7300@item
7301If you wish to suggest changes to the _GDBN__ source, send us context
7302diffs. If you even discuss something in the _GDBN__ source, refer to
7303it by context, not by line number.
7304
1041a570 7305The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
70b88761 7306sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
70b88761
RP
7307@end itemize
7308
7309Here are some things that are not necessary:
7310
7311@itemize @bullet
7312@item
7313A description of the envelope of the bug.
7314
7315Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7316which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7317changes will not affect it.
7318
7319This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7320will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7321with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7322We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7323
7324Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7325of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7326output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
e251e767 7327less time, etc.
70b88761 7328
29a2b744 7329However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
70b88761
RP
7330report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7331
7332@item
7333A patch for the bug.
7334
29a2b744 7335A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
70b88761
RP
7336the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7337a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7338to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7339
7340Sometimes with a program as complicated as _GDBN__ it is very hard to
7341construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path
1041a570
RP
7342through the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able
7343to construct one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
70b88761 7344
29a2b744 7345And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
1041a570 7346patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
70b88761
RP
7347help us to understand.
7348
7349@item
7350A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7351
29a2b744 7352Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
70b88761
RP
7353things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7354@end itemize
7355
1041a570
RP
7356@c Note: no need to update nodes for rdl-apps.texi since it appears
7357@c *only* in the TeX version of the manual.
7358@c Note: eventually, make a cross reference to the readline Info nodes.
70b88761 7359@iftex
cacf5942
RP
7360@c appendices describing GNU readline. Distributed with readline code.
7361@include rluser.texinfo
7362@include inc-hist.texi
70b88761
RP
7363@end iftex
7364
c7cb8acb 7365@node Renamed Commands, Installing GDB, _GDBN__ Bugs, Top
70b88761
RP
7366@appendix Renamed Commands
7367
c7cb8acb 7368The following commands were renamed in GDB 4, in order to make the
70b88761
RP
7369command set as a whole more consistent and easier to use and remember:
7370
e251e767
RP
7371@kindex add-syms
7372@kindex delete environment
7373@kindex info copying
7374@kindex info convenience
7375@kindex info directories
7376@kindex info editing
7377@kindex info history
7378@kindex info targets
7379@kindex info values
7380@kindex info version
7381@kindex info warranty
7382@kindex set addressprint
7383@kindex set arrayprint
7384@kindex set prettyprint
7385@kindex set screen-height
7386@kindex set screen-width
7387@kindex set unionprint
7388@kindex set vtblprint
7389@kindex set demangle
7390@kindex set asm-demangle
7391@kindex set sevenbit-strings
7392@kindex set array-max
7393@kindex set caution
7394@kindex set history write
7395@kindex show addressprint
7396@kindex show arrayprint
7397@kindex show prettyprint
7398@kindex show screen-height
7399@kindex show screen-width
7400@kindex show unionprint
7401@kindex show vtblprint
7402@kindex show demangle
7403@kindex show asm-demangle
7404@kindex show sevenbit-strings
7405@kindex show array-max
7406@kindex show caution
7407@kindex show history write
7408@kindex unset
70b88761 7409
92b73793 7410@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
70b88761 7411@ifinfo
92b73793 7412@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
cf496415
RP
7413@example
7414OLD COMMAND NEW COMMAND
92b73793 7415@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
cf496415 7416--------------- -------------------------------
92b73793 7417@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
cf496415
RP
7418add-syms add-symbol-file
7419delete environment unset environment
7420info convenience show convenience
7421info copying show copying
e251e767 7422info directories show directories
cf496415
RP
7423info editing show commands
7424info history show values
7425info targets help target
7426info values show values
7427info version show version
7428info warranty show warranty
7429set/show addressprint set/show print address
7430set/show array-max set/show print elements
7431set/show arrayprint set/show print array
7432set/show asm-demangle set/show print asm-demangle
7433set/show caution set/show confirm
7434set/show demangle set/show print demangle
7435set/show history write set/show history save
7436set/show prettyprint set/show print pretty
7437set/show screen-height set/show height
7438set/show screen-width set/show width
7439set/show sevenbit-strings set/show print sevenbit-strings
7440set/show unionprint set/show print union
7441set/show vtblprint set/show print vtbl
7442
7443unset [No longer an alias for delete]
7444@end example
92b73793 7445@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
70b88761
RP
7446@end ifinfo
7447
7448@tex
7449\vskip \parskip\vskip \baselineskip
7450\halign{\tt #\hfil &\qquad#&\tt #\hfil\cr
7451{\bf Old Command} &&{\bf New Command}\cr
7452add-syms &&add-symbol-file\cr
7453delete environment &&unset environment\cr
7454info convenience &&show convenience\cr
7455info copying &&show copying\cr
7456info directories &&show directories \cr
7457info editing &&show commands\cr
7458info history &&show values\cr
7459info targets &&help target\cr
7460info values &&show values\cr
7461info version &&show version\cr
7462info warranty &&show warranty\cr
7463set{\rm / }show addressprint &&set{\rm / }show print address\cr
7464set{\rm / }show array-max &&set{\rm / }show print elements\cr
7465set{\rm / }show arrayprint &&set{\rm / }show print array\cr
7466set{\rm / }show asm-demangle &&set{\rm / }show print asm-demangle\cr
7467set{\rm / }show caution &&set{\rm / }show confirm\cr
7468set{\rm / }show demangle &&set{\rm / }show print demangle\cr
7469set{\rm / }show history write &&set{\rm / }show history save\cr
7470set{\rm / }show prettyprint &&set{\rm / }show print pretty\cr
7471set{\rm / }show screen-height &&set{\rm / }show height\cr
7472set{\rm / }show screen-width &&set{\rm / }show width\cr
7473set{\rm / }show sevenbit-strings &&set{\rm / }show print sevenbit-strings\cr
7474set{\rm / }show unionprint &&set{\rm / }show print union\cr
7475set{\rm / }show vtblprint &&set{\rm / }show print vtbl\cr
7476\cr
7477unset &&\rm(No longer an alias for delete)\cr
7478}
7479@end tex
92b73793 7480@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
70b88761 7481
c7cb8acb
RP
7482@node Installing GDB, Copying, Renamed Commands, Top
7483@appendix Installing GDB
7484@cindex configuring GDB
70b88761
RP
7485@cindex installation
7486
f672bb7f
RP
7487@iftex
7488@c irrelevant in info file; it's as current as the code it lives with.
7489@quotation
7490@emph{Warning:} These installation instructions are current as of
c7cb8acb
RP
7491GDB version _GDB_VN__. If you're installing a more recent release
7492of GDB, we may have improved the installation procedures since
f672bb7f
RP
7493printing this manual; see the @file{README} file included in your
7494release for the most recent instructions.
7495@end quotation
7496@end iftex
7497
c7cb8acb
RP
7498GDB comes with a @code{configure} script that automates the process
7499of preparing GDB for installation; you can then use @code{make} to
7500build the program.
b80282d5 7501
c7cb8acb 7502The GDB distribution includes all the source code you need for GDB in
1041a570
RP
7503a single directory, whose name is usually composed by appending the
7504version number to @samp{gdb}.
7505
c7cb8acb 7506For example, the GDB version _GDB_VN__ distribution is in the @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}
1041a570 7507directory. That directory contains:
b80282d5 7508
3d3ab540 7509@table @code
c7637ea6 7510@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/configure @r{(and supporting files)}
c7cb8acb 7511script for configuring GDB and all its supporting libraries.
b80282d5 7512
3e0d0a27 7513@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb
c7cb8acb 7514the source specific to GDB itself
3d3ab540 7515
3e0d0a27 7516@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/bfd
3d3ab540
RP
7517source for the Binary File Descriptor Library
7518
3e0d0a27 7519@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/include
b80282d5 7520GNU include files
3d3ab540 7521
3e0d0a27 7522@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/libiberty
3d3ab540
RP
7523source for the @samp{-liberty} free software library
7524
3e0d0a27 7525@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/readline
b80282d5 7526source for the GNU command-line interface
3d3ab540 7527@end table
1041a570 7528
c7cb8acb 7529The simplest way to configure and build GDB is to run @code{configure}
1041a570
RP
7530from the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory, which in
7531this example is the @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} directory.
7532
7533First switch to the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory
7534if you are not already in it; then run @code{configure}. Pass the
c7cb8acb 7535identifier for the platform on which GDB will run as an
1041a570
RP
7536argument.
7537
7538For example:
7539
7463aadd 7540@example
3e0d0a27 7541cd gdb-_GDB_VN__
3d3ab540 7542./configure @var{host}
7463aadd
RP
7543make
7544@end example
1041a570 7545
7463aadd 7546@noindent
1041a570 7547where @var{host} is an identifier such as @samp{sun4} or
c7cb8acb 7548@samp{decstation}, that identifies the platform where GDB will run.
1041a570 7549
6ca72cc6
RP
7550This sequence of @code{configure} and @code{make} builds the three
7551libraries @file{bfd}, @file{readline}, and @file{libiberty}, then
7552@code{gdb} itself. The configured source files, and the binaries, are
7553left in the corresponding source directories.
3d3ab540 7554
e251e767 7555@code{configure} is a Bourne-shell (@code{/bin/sh}) script; if your
29a2b744 7556system does not recognize this automatically when you run a different
1041a570
RP
7557shell, you may need to run @code{sh} on it explicitly:
7558
7559@example
7560sh configure @var{host}
7561@end example
e251e767 7562
f672bb7f
RP
7563If you run @code{configure} from a directory that contains source
7564directories for multiple libraries or programs, such as the
7565@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} source directory for version _GDB_VN__, @code{configure}
7566creates configuration files for every directory level underneath (unless
98349959 7567you tell it not to, with the @samp{--norecursion} option).
f672bb7f
RP
7568
7569You can run the @code{configure} script from any of the
c7cb8acb 7570subordinate directories in the GDB distribution, if you only want to
1041a570
RP
7571configure that subdirectory; but be sure to specify a path to it.
7572
7573For example, with version _GDB_VN__, type the following to configure only
7574the @code{bfd} subdirectory:
7575
e251e767 7576@example
203eea5d 7577@group
e251e767
RP
7578cd gdb-_GDB_VN__/bfd
7579../configure @var{host}
203eea5d 7580@end group
e251e767
RP
7581@end example
7582
1041a570
RP
7583You can install @code{_GDBP__} anywhere; it has no hardwired paths.
7584However, you should make sure that the shell on your path (named by
7585the @samp{SHELL} environment variable) is publicly readable. Remember
c7cb8acb
RP
7586that GDB uses the shell to start your program---some systems refuse to
7587let GDB debug child processes whose programs are not readable.
3d3ab540
RP
7588
7589@menu
c7cb8acb 7590* Separate Objdir:: Compiling GDB in another directory
b80282d5
RP
7591* Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets
7592* configure Options:: Summary of options for configure
c7cb8acb 7593* Formatting Documentation:: How to format and print GDB documentation
3d3ab540
RP
7594@end menu
7595
c7cb8acb
RP
7596@node Separate Objdir, Config Names, Installing GDB, Installing GDB
7597@section Compiling GDB in Another Directory
1041a570 7598
c7cb8acb
RP
7599If you want to run GDB versions for several host or target machines,
7600you'll need a different @code{gdb} compiled for each combination of
1041a570 7601host and target. @code{configure} is designed to make this easy by
f672bb7f
RP
7602allowing you to generate each configuration in a separate subdirectory,
7603rather than in the source directory. If your @code{make} program
7604handles the @samp{VPATH} feature (GNU @code{make} does), running
c7cb8acb 7605@code{make} in each of these directories then builds the @code{gdb}
f672bb7f 7606program specified there.
b80282d5 7607
c7cb8acb 7608To build @code{gdb} in a separate directory, run @code{configure}
f672bb7f
RP
7609with the @samp{--srcdir} option to specify where to find the source.
7610(Remember, you'll also need to specify a path to find @code{configure}
7611itself from your working directory.)
1041a570 7612
c7cb8acb 7613For example, with version _GDB_VN__, you can build GDB in a separate
f672bb7f 7614directory for a Sun 4 like this:
70b88761
RP
7615
7616@example
3d3ab540 7617@group
3e0d0a27 7618cd gdb-_GDB_VN__
f672bb7f
RP
7619mkdir ../gdb-sun4
7620cd ../gdb-sun4
7621../gdb-_GDB_VN__/configure --srcdir=../gdb-_GDB_VN__ sun4
70b88761 7622make
3d3ab540 7623@end group
70b88761
RP
7624@end example
7625
f672bb7f
RP
7626When @code{configure} builds a configuration using a remote source
7627directory, it creates a tree for the binaries with the same structure
7628(and using the same names) as the tree under the source directory. In
7629the example, you'd find the Sun 4 library @file{libiberty.a} in the
c7cb8acb 7630directory @file{gdb-sun4/libiberty}, and GDB itself in
f672bb7f 7631@file{gdb-sun4/gdb}.
1041a570 7632
c7cb8acb
RP
7633One popular use for building several GDB configurations in separate
7634directories is to configure GDB for cross-compiling (where GDB
f672bb7f
RP
7635runs on one machine---the host---while debugging programs that run on
7636another machine---the target). You specify a cross-debugging target by
7637giving the @samp{--target=@var{target}} option to @code{configure}.
c7637ea6 7638
1041a570 7639When you run @code{make} to build a program or library, you must run
f672bb7f
RP
7640it in a configured directory---whatever directory you were in when you
7641called @code{configure} (or one of its subdirectories).
c7637ea6
RP
7642
7643The @code{Makefile} generated by @code{configure} for each source
f672bb7f
RP
7644directory also runs recursively. If you type @code{make} in a source
7645directory such as @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} (or in a separate configured
7646directory configured with @samp{--srcdir=@var{path}/gdb-_GDB_VN__}), you
c7cb8acb 7647will build all the required libraries, then build GDB.
3d3ab540 7648
f672bb7f
RP
7649When you have multiple hosts or targets configured in separate
7650directories, you can run @code{make} on them in parallel (for example,
7651if they are NFS-mounted on each of the hosts); they will not interfere
7652with each other.
3d3ab540 7653
c7cb8acb 7654@node Config Names, configure Options, Separate Objdir, Installing GDB
b80282d5
RP
7655@section Specifying Names for Hosts and Targets
7656
7657The specifications used for hosts and targets in the @code{configure}
7658script are based on a three-part naming scheme, but some short predefined
7659aliases are also supported. The full naming scheme encodes three pieces
e251e767 7660of information in the following pattern:
1041a570 7661
b80282d5
RP
7662@example
7663@var{architecture}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}
7664@end example
7665
7666For example, you can use the alias @code{sun4} as a @var{host} argument
5e3186ab 7667or in a @code{--target=@var{target}} option, but the equivalent full name
e251e767 7668is @samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}.
b80282d5 7669
1041a570 7670The following table shows all the architectures, hosts, and OS
c7cb8acb 7671prefixes that @code{configure} recognizes in GDB version _GDB_VN__. Entries
1041a570
RP
7672in the ``OS prefix'' column ending in a @samp{*} may be followed by a
7673release number.
b80282d5 7674
1041a570 7675@c FIXME! Update for gdb 4.4
92b73793 7676@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
b80282d5 7677@ifinfo
92b73793 7678@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
b80282d5
RP
7679@example
7680
203eea5d 7681ARCHITECTURE VENDOR OS prefix
92b73793 7682@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
203eea5d 7683------------+--------------------------+---------------------------
92b73793 7684@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
203eea5d
RP
7685 | |
7686 580 | altos hp | aix* msdos*
7687 a29k | amd ibm | amigados newsos*
7688 alliant | amdahl intel | aout nindy*
7689 arm | aout isi | bout osf*
7690 c1 | apollo little | bsd* sco*
7691 c2 | att mips | coff sunos*
7692 cray2 | bcs motorola | ctix* svr4
7693 h8300 | bout ncr | dgux* sym*
7694 i386 | bull next | dynix* sysv*
7695 i860 | cbm nyu | ebmon ultrix*
7696 i960 | coff sco | esix* unicos*
7697 m68000 | convergent sequent | hds unos*
7698 m68k | convex sgi | hpux* uts
7699 m88k | cray sony | irix* v88r*
7700 mips | dec sun | isc* vms*
7701 ns32k | encore unicom | kern vxworks*
7702 pyramid | gould utek | mach*
7703 romp | hitachi wrs |
7704 rs6000 | |
7705 sparc | |
7706 tahoe | |
7707 tron | |
7708 vax | |
7709 xmp | |
7710 ymp | |
b80282d5 7711@end example
1041a570 7712
92b73793 7713@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
b80282d5
RP
7714@end ifinfo
7715@tex
c338a2fd
RP
7716%\vskip\parskip
7717\vskip \baselineskip
203eea5d
RP
7718\hfil\vbox{\offinterlineskip
7719\halign{\strut\tt #\hfil\ &\vrule#&\strut\ \tt #\hfil\ &\strut\ \tt #\hfil
7720\ &\vrule#&\strut\ \tt #\hfil\ &\strut\ \tt #\hfil \cr
7721{\bf Architecture} &&{\bf Vendor} &&&{\bf OS prefix}\cr
7722\multispan7\hrulefill\cr
7723 580 && altos & hp && aix* & msdos* \cr
7724 a29k && amd & ibm && amigados & newsos* \cr
7725 alliant && amdahl & intel && aout & nindy* \cr
7726 arm && aout & isi && bout & osf* \cr
7727 c1 && apollo & little && bsd* & sco* \cr
7728 c2 && att & mips && coff & sunos* \cr
7729 cray2 && bcs & motorola && ctix* & svr4 \cr
7730 h8300 && bout & ncr && dgux* & sym* \cr
7731 i386 && bull & next && dynix* & sysv* \cr
7732 i860 && cbm & nyu && ebmon & ultrix* \cr
7733 i960 && coff & sco && esix* & unicos* \cr
7734 m68000 && convergent& sequent && hds & unos* \cr
7735 m68k && convex & sgi && hpux* & uts \cr
7736 m88k && cray & sony && irix* & v88r* \cr
7737 mips && dec & sun && isc* & vms* \cr
7738 ns32k && encore & unicom && kern & vxworks* \cr
7739 pyramid && gould & utek && mach* & \cr
7740 romp && hitachi & wrs && & \cr
7741 rs6000 && & && & \cr
7742 sparc && & && & \cr
7743 tahoe && & && & \cr
7744 tron && & && & \cr
7745 vax && & && & \cr
7746 xmp && & && & \cr
7747 ymp && & && & \cr
7748}\hfil}
1041a570 7749@end tex
92b73793 7750@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1041a570 7751
203eea5d 7752@quotation
a6d0b6d3
RP
7753@emph{Warning:} @code{configure} can represent a very large number of
7754combinations of architecture, vendor, and OS. There is by no means
7755support available for all possible combinations!
203eea5d 7756@end quotation
b80282d5 7757
c7cb8acb 7758The @code{configure} script accompanying GDB does not provide
b80282d5
RP
7759any query facility to list all supported host and target names or
7760aliases. @code{configure} calls the Bourne shell script
7761@code{config.sub} to map abbreviations to full names; you can read the
7762script, if you wish, or you can use it to test your guesses on
7763abbreviations---for example:
1041a570 7764
b80282d5
RP
7765@example
7766% sh config.sub sun4
7767sparc-sun-sunos4
7768% sh config.sub sun3
7769m68k-sun-sunos4
7770% sh config.sub decstation
7771mips-dec-ultrix
7772% sh config.sub hp300bsd
7773m68k-hp-bsd
7774% sh config.sub i386v
7775i386-none-sysv
e94b4a2b
RP
7776% sh config.sub i786v
7777*** Configuration "i786v" not recognized
b80282d5 7778@end example
1041a570 7779
c7637ea6 7780@noindent
1041a570
RP
7781@code{config.sub} is also distributed in the GDB source
7782directory (@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}, for version _GDB_VN__).
b80282d5 7783
c7cb8acb 7784@node configure Options, Formatting Documentation, Config Names, Installing GDB
3d3ab540 7785@section @code{configure} Options
7463aadd
RP
7786
7787Here is a summary of all the @code{configure} options and arguments that
c7cb8acb 7788you might use for building GDB:
7463aadd
RP
7789
7790@example
f672bb7f
RP
7791configure @r{[}--destdir=@var{dir}@r{]} @r{[}--srcdir=@var{path}@r{]}
7792 @r{[}--norecursion@r{]} @r{[}--rm@r{]}
7793 @r{[}--target=@var{target}@r{]} @var{host}
7463aadd 7794@end example
1041a570 7795
3d3ab540 7796@noindent
f672bb7f
RP
7797You may introduce options with a single @samp{-} rather than
7798@samp{--} if you prefer; but you may abbreviate option names if you use
7799@samp{--}.
70b88761
RP
7800
7801@table @code
f672bb7f 7802@item --destdir=@var{dir}
3d3ab540 7803@var{dir} is an installation directory @emph{path prefix}. After you
c7cb8acb
RP
7804configure with this option, @code{make install} will install GDB as
7805@file{@var{dir}/bin/gdb}, and the libraries in @file{@var{dir}/lib}.
f672bb7f 7806If you specify @samp{--destdir=/usr/local}, for example, @code{make
1041a570 7807install} creates @file{/usr/local/bin/gdb}.
7463aadd 7808
f672bb7f 7809@item --srcdir=@var{path}
6ca72cc6
RP
7810@strong{Warning: using this option requires GNU @code{make}, or another
7811@code{make} that implements the @code{VPATH} feature.}@*
f672bb7f 7812Use this option to make configurations in directories separate from the
c7cb8acb 7813GDB source directories. Among other things, you can use this to
f672bb7f
RP
7814build (or maintain) several configurations simultaneously, in separate
7815directories. @code{configure} writes configuration specific files in
7816the current directory, but arranges for them to use the source in the
7817directory @var{path}. @code{configure} will create directories under
7818the working directory in parallel to the source directories below
7819@var{path}.
7820
7821@item --norecursion
7822Configure only the directory level where @code{configure} is executed; do not
7463aadd
RP
7823propagate configuration to subdirectories.
7824
f672bb7f 7825@item --rm
b80282d5 7826Remove the configuration that the other arguments specify.
7463aadd 7827
29a2b744 7828@c This does not work (yet if ever). FIXME.
f672bb7f 7829@c @item --parse=@var{lang} @dots{}
c7cb8acb
RP
7830@c Configure the GDB expression parser to parse the listed languages.
7831@c @samp{all} configures GDB for all supported languages. To get a
d7b569d5 7832@c list of all supported languages, omit the argument. Without this
c7cb8acb 7833@c option, GDB is configured to parse all supported languages.
c2bbbb22 7834
f672bb7f 7835@item --target=@var{target}
c7cb8acb
RP
7836Configure GDB for cross-debugging programs running on the specified
7837@var{target}. Without this option, GDB is configured to debug
7838programs that run on the same machine (@var{host}) as GDB itself.
b80282d5
RP
7839
7840There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available targets.
7463aadd
RP
7841
7842@item @var{host} @dots{}
c7cb8acb 7843Configure GDB to run on the specified @var{host}.
b80282d5
RP
7844
7845There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available hosts.
70b88761
RP
7846@end table
7847
3d3ab540
RP
7848@noindent
7849@code{configure} accepts other options, for compatibility with
b80282d5 7850configuring other GNU tools recursively; but these are the only
c7cb8acb 7851options that affect GDB or its supporting libraries.
3d3ab540 7852
c7cb8acb 7853@node Formatting Documentation, , configure Options, Installing GDB
d7b569d5
RP
7854@section Formatting the Documentation
7855
c7cb8acb 7856All the documentation for GDB, including this manual, comes as part of
1041a570
RP
7857the distribution. The documentation is written in Texinfo format,
7858which is a documentation system that uses a single source file to
7859produce both on-line information and a printed manual. You can use
7860one of the Info formatting commands to create the on-line version of
7861the documentation and @TeX{} (or @code{texi2roff}) to typeset the
7862printed version.
7863
c7cb8acb 7864GDB includes an already formatted copy of the on-line Info version of
1041a570
RP
7865this manual in the @file{gdb} subdirectory. The main Info file is
7866@file{gdb-@var{version-number}/gdb/gdb.info}, and it refers to
7867subordinate files matching @samp{gdb.info*} in the same directory.
7868
7869If you want to format these Info files yourself, you need one of the
7870Info formatting programs, such as @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or
7871@code{makeinfo}.
7872
c7cb8acb 7873If you have @code{makeinfo} installed, and are in the top level GDB
1041a570
RP
7874source directory (@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}, in the case of version _GDB_VN__), you can
7875make the Info file by typing:
b80282d5 7876
3d3ab540 7877@example
1041a570 7878cd gdb
3d3ab540
RP
7879make gdb.info
7880@end example
3d3ab540 7881
1041a570
RP
7882If you want to typeset and print copies of this manual, you need
7883@TeX{}, a printing program such as @code{lpr}, and @file{texinfo.tex},
7884the Texinfo definitions file.
7885
7886@TeX{} is typesetting program; it does not print files directly, but
7887produces output files called @sc{dvi} files. To print a typeset
7888document, you need a program to print @sc{dvi} files. If your system
7889has @TeX{} installed, chances are it has such a program. The precise
7890command to use depends on your system; @kbd{lpr -d} is common; another
7891is @kbd{dvips}. The @sc{dvi} print command may require a file name
7892without any extension or a @samp{.dvi} extension.
7893
7894@TeX{} also requires a macro definitions file called
7895@file{texinfo.tex}. This file tells @TeX{} how to typeset a document
7896written in Texinfo format. On its own, @TeX{} cannot read, much less
c7cb8acb 7897typeset a Texinfo file. @file{texinfo.tex} is distributed with GDB
1041a570
RP
7898and is located in the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}/texinfo}
7899directory.
7900
7901If you have @TeX{} and a @sc{dvi} printer program installed, you can
7902typeset and print this manual. First switch to the the @file{gdb}
7903subdirectory of the main source directory (for example, to
7904@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb}) and then type:
7905
3d3ab540 7906@example
3d3ab540
RP
7907make gdb.dvi
7908@end example
3d3ab540 7909
c7cb8acb 7910@cindex GDB reference card
1041a570 7911@cindex reference card
c7cb8acb
RP
7912In addition to the manual, the GDB 4 release includes a three-column
7913reference card. Format the GDB reference card by typing:
1041a570 7914
b80282d5 7915@example
b80282d5
RP
7916make refcard.dvi
7917@end example
b80282d5 7918
c7cb8acb 7919The GDB reference card is designed to print in landscape mode on US
b80282d5
RP
7920``letter'' size paper; that is, on a sheet 11 inches wide by 8.5 inches
7921high. You will need to specify this form of printing as an option to
7922your @sc{dvi} output program.
7923
1041a570
RP
7924The GDB 4 release includes an already-formatted reference card, ready
7925for printing on a PostScript or GhostScript printer, in the @file{gdb}
7926subdirectory of the main source directory---in
7927@file{gdb-4.2/gdb/refcard.ps} of the version 4.2 release. If you have
7928a PostScript or GhostScript printer, you can print the reference card
7929by just sending @file{refcard.ps} to the printer.
b80282d5 7930
c7cb8acb 7931@node Copying, Index, Installing GDB, Top
70b88761 7932@unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
7463aadd 7933@center Version 2, June 1991
70b88761
RP
7934
7935@display
7463aadd 7936Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
70b88761
RP
7937675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
7938
7939Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
7940of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
7941@end display
7942
7943@unnumberedsec Preamble
7944
7463aadd
RP
7945 The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
7946freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
70b88761 7947License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
7463aadd
RP
7948software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
7949General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
7950Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
7951using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
7952the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
7953your programs, too.
70b88761
RP
7954
7955 When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
7463aadd
RP
7956price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
7957have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
7958this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
7959if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
7960in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
70b88761
RP
7961
7962 To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
7963anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
7964These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
7965distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
7966
7463aadd 7967 For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
70b88761
RP
7968gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
7969you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
7463aadd
RP
7970source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
7971rights.
70b88761
RP
7972
7973 We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
7974(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
7975distribute and/or modify the software.
7976
7977 Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
7978that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
7979software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
7980want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
7981that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
7982authors' reputations.
7983
7463aadd
RP
7984 Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
7985patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
7986program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
7987program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
7988patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
7989
70b88761
RP
7990 The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
7991modification follow.
7992
7993@iftex
7463aadd 7994@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
70b88761
RP
7995@end iftex
7996@ifinfo
7463aadd 7997@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
70b88761
RP
7998@end ifinfo
7999
8000@enumerate
8001@item
7463aadd
RP
8002This License applies to any program or other work which contains
8003a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
8004under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below,
8005refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program''
8006means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
8007that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
8008either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
8009language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
8010the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
8011
8012Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
8013covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
8014running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
8015is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
8016Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
8017Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
70b88761
RP
8018
8019@item
7463aadd
RP
8020You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
8021source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
8022conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
8023copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
8024notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
8025and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
8026along with the Program.
70b88761 8027
7463aadd
RP
8028You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
8029you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
70b88761 8030
70b88761 8031@item
7463aadd
RP
8032You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
8033of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
8034distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
8035above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
70b88761 8036
1041a570 8037@enumerate a
70b88761 8038@item
7463aadd
RP
8039You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
8040stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
70b88761
RP
8041
8042@item
7463aadd
RP
8043You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
8044whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
8045part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
8046parties under the terms of this License.
70b88761
RP
8047
8048@item
7463aadd
RP
8049If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
8050when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
8051interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
8052announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
8053notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
8054a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
8055these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
8056License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
8057does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
8058the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
1041a570 8059@end enumerate
7463aadd
RP
8060
8061These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
8062identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
8063and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
8064themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
8065sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
8066distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
8067on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
8068this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
8069entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
8070
8071Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
8072your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
8073exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
8074collective works based on the Program.
8075
8076In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
8077with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
8078a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
8079the scope of this License.
70b88761
RP
8080
8081@item
7463aadd
RP
8082You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
8083under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
8084Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
70b88761 8085
1041a570 8086@enumerate a
70b88761 8087@item
7463aadd
RP
8088Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
8089source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
80901 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
70b88761
RP
8091
8092@item
7463aadd
RP
8093Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
8094years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
8095cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
8096machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
8097distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
8098customarily used for software interchange; or,
70b88761
RP
8099
8100@item
7463aadd
RP
8101Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
8102to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
70b88761 8103allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
7463aadd
RP
8104received the program in object code or executable form with such
8105an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
1041a570 8106@end enumerate
7463aadd
RP
8107
8108The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
8109making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
8110code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
8111associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
8112control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
8113special exception, the source code distributed need not include
8114anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
8115form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
8116operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
8117itself accompanies the executable.
8118
8119If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
8120access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
8121access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
8122distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
8123compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
70b88761
RP
8124
8125@item
7463aadd
RP
8126You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
8127except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
8128otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
8129void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
8130However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
8131this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
8132parties remain in full compliance.
70b88761
RP
8133
8134@item
7463aadd
RP
8135You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
8136signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
8137distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
8138prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
8139modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
8140Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
8141all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
8142the Program or works based on it.
70b88761
RP
8143
8144@item
8145Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
7463aadd
RP
8146Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
8147original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
8148these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
8149restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
8150You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
8151this License.
8152
8153@item
8154If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
8155infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
8156conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
8157otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
8158excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
8159distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
8160License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
8161may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
8162license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
8163all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
8164the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
8165refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
8166
8167If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
8168any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
8169apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
8170circumstances.
8171
8172It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
8173patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
8174such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
8175integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
8176implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
8177generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
8178through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
8179system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
8180to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
8181impose that choice.
8182
8183This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
8184be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8185
8186@item
8187If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
8188certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
8189original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
8190may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
8191those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
8192countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
8193the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
70b88761
RP
8194
8195@item
8196The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
8197of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
8198be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
8199address new problems or concerns.
8200
8201Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
7463aadd 8202specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
70b88761
RP
8203later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
8204either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
8205Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
7463aadd 8206this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
70b88761
RP
8207Foundation.
8208
8209@item
8210If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
8211programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
8212to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
8213Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
8214make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
8215of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
8216of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
8217
8218@iftex
8219@heading NO WARRANTY
8220@end iftex
8221@ifinfo
8222@center NO WARRANTY
8223@end ifinfo
8224
8225@item
8226BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
8227FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
8228OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
8229PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
8230OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
8231MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
8232TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
8233PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
8234REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
8235
8236@item
7463aadd
RP
8237IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
8238WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
70b88761 8239REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
7463aadd
RP
8240INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
8241OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
8242TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
8243YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
8244PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
8245POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
70b88761
RP
8246@end enumerate
8247
8248@iftex
8249@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
8250@end iftex
8251@ifinfo
8252@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
8253@end ifinfo
8254
8255@page
54e6b3c3 8256@unnumberedsec Applying These Terms to Your New Programs
70b88761
RP
8257
8258 If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
7463aadd
RP
8259possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
8260free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
70b88761 8261
7463aadd
RP
8262 To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
8263to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
8264convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
8265the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
70b88761
RP
8266
8267@smallexample
203eea5d 8268@var{one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.}
70b88761
RP
8269Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
8270
203eea5d
RP
8271This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
8272modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
8273as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
8274of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
70b88761
RP
8275
8276This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
8277but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
8278MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
8279GNU General Public License for more details.
8280
8281You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
203eea5d
RP
8282along with this program; if not, write to the
8283Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
8284Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
70b88761
RP
8285@end smallexample
8286
8287Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
8288
8289If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
8290when it starts in an interactive mode:
8291
8292@smallexample
8293Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
203eea5d
RP
8294Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details
8295type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome
8296to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c'
8297for details.
70b88761
RP
8298@end smallexample
8299
7463aadd
RP
8300The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show
8301the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the
8302commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and
8303@samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever
8304suits your program.
70b88761
RP
8305
8306You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
8307school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
8308necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
8309
1041a570
RP
8310@example
8311Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright
8312interest in the program `Gnomovision'
8313(which makes passes at compilers) written
8314by James Hacker.
70b88761
RP
8315
8316@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
8317Ty Coon, President of Vice
1041a570 8318@end example
7463aadd
RP
8319
8320This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
8321proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
8322consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
8323library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
8324Public License instead of this License.
70b88761 8325
9c3ad547 8326@node Index, , Copying, Top
d2e08421 8327@unnumbered Index
e91b87a3 8328
8329@printindex cp
8330
fe3f5fc8
RP
8331@tex
8332% I think something like @colophon should be in texinfo. In the
8333% meantime:
8334\long\def\colophon{\hbox to0pt{}\vfill
8335\centerline{The body of this manual is set in}
8336\centerline{\fontname\tenrm,}
8337\centerline{with headings in {\bf\fontname\tenbf}}
8338\centerline{and examples in {\tt\fontname\tentt}.}
a6d0b6d3
RP
8339\centerline{{\it\fontname\tenit\/},}
8340\centerline{{\bf\fontname\tenbf}, and}
fe3f5fc8
RP
8341\centerline{{\sl\fontname\tensl\/}}
8342\centerline{are used for emphasis.}\vfill}
8343\page\colophon
a6d0b6d3 8344% Blame: pesch@cygnus.com, 1991.
fe3f5fc8
RP
8345@end tex
8346
e91b87a3 8347@contents
8348@bye
This page took 0.483522 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.